forked from Minki/linux
Merge branch 'linus' into oprofile
Conflicts: arch/x86/kernel/apic_32.c include/linux/pci_ids.h
This commit is contained in:
commit
c493756e2a
@ -251,8 +251,6 @@ mono.txt
|
||||
- how to execute Mono-based .NET binaries with the help of BINFMT_MISC.
|
||||
moxa-smartio
|
||||
- file with info on installing/using Moxa multiport serial driver.
|
||||
mtrr.txt
|
||||
- how to use PPro Memory Type Range Registers to increase performance.
|
||||
mutex-design.txt
|
||||
- info on the generic mutex subsystem.
|
||||
namespaces/
|
||||
|
@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ With scatterlists, you use the resulting mapping like this:
|
||||
int i, count = dma_map_sg(dev, sglist, nents, direction);
|
||||
struct scatterlist *sg;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0, sg = sglist; i < count; i++, sg++) {
|
||||
for_each_sg(sglist, sg, count, i) {
|
||||
hw_address[i] = sg_dma_address(sg);
|
||||
hw_len[i] = sg_dma_len(sg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -283,6 +283,7 @@ X!Earch/x86/kernel/mca_32.c
|
||||
<chapter id="security">
|
||||
<title>Security Framework</title>
|
||||
!Isecurity/security.c
|
||||
!Esecurity/inode.c
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="audit">
|
||||
@ -364,6 +365,10 @@ X!Edrivers/pnp/system.c
|
||||
!Eblock/blk-barrier.c
|
||||
!Eblock/blk-tag.c
|
||||
!Iblock/blk-tag.c
|
||||
!Eblock/blk-integrity.c
|
||||
!Iblock/blktrace.c
|
||||
!Iblock/genhd.c
|
||||
!Eblock/genhd.c
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="chrdev">
|
||||
|
@ -145,7 +145,6 @@ usage should require reading the full document.
|
||||
this though and the recommendation to allow only a single
|
||||
interface in STA mode at first!
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_if_types
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_if_init_conf
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_if_conf
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
@ -177,8 +176,7 @@ usage should require reading the full document.
|
||||
<title>functions/definitions</title>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx_status
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211_rx_flags
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_control
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_status_flags
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_info
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx_irqsafe
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_status
|
||||
@ -189,12 +187,11 @@ usage should require reading the full document.
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ctstoself_duration
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_generic_frame_duration
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_hdrlen
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_hdrlen
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_wake_queue
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_queue
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_start_queues
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_queues
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_wake_queues
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_queues
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -230,8 +227,7 @@ usage should require reading the full document.
|
||||
<title>Multiple queues and QoS support</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_queue_params
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_queue_stats_data
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_queue
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_queue_stats
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="AP">
|
||||
|
@ -77,7 +77,8 @@ documentation files are also added which explain how to use the feature.
|
||||
When a kernel change causes the interface that the kernel exposes to
|
||||
userspace to change, it is recommended that you send the information or
|
||||
a patch to the manual pages explaining the change to the manual pages
|
||||
maintainer at mtk.manpages@gmail.com.
|
||||
maintainer at mtk.manpages@gmail.com, and CC the list
|
||||
linux-api@vger.kernel.org.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is a list of files that are in the kernel source tree that are
|
||||
required reading:
|
||||
|
@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
||||
number of updates per grace period.
|
||||
|
||||
9. All RCU list-traversal primitives, which include
|
||||
rcu_dereference(), list_for_each_rcu(), list_for_each_entry_rcu(),
|
||||
rcu_dereference(), list_for_each_entry_rcu(),
|
||||
list_for_each_continue_rcu(), and list_for_each_safe_rcu(),
|
||||
must be either within an RCU read-side critical section or
|
||||
must be protected by appropriate update-side locks. RCU
|
||||
|
@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ release_referenced() delete()
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
If this list/array is made lock free using RCU as in changing the
|
||||
write_lock() in add() and delete() to spin_lock and changing read_lock
|
||||
in search_and_reference to rcu_read_lock(), the atomic_get in
|
||||
search_and_reference could potentially hold reference to an element which
|
||||
write_lock() in add() and delete() to spin_lock() and changing read_lock()
|
||||
in search_and_reference() to rcu_read_lock(), the atomic_inc() in
|
||||
search_and_reference() could potentially hold reference to an element which
|
||||
has already been deleted from the list/array. Use atomic_inc_not_zero()
|
||||
in this scenario as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
@ -40,20 +40,20 @@ add() search_and_reference()
|
||||
{ {
|
||||
alloc_object rcu_read_lock();
|
||||
... search_for_element
|
||||
atomic_set(&el->rc, 1); if (atomic_inc_not_zero(&el->rc)) {
|
||||
write_lock(&list_lock); rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
atomic_set(&el->rc, 1); if (!atomic_inc_not_zero(&el->rc)) {
|
||||
spin_lock(&list_lock); rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
return FAIL;
|
||||
add_element }
|
||||
... ...
|
||||
write_unlock(&list_lock); rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
spin_unlock(&list_lock); rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
} }
|
||||
3. 4.
|
||||
release_referenced() delete()
|
||||
{ {
|
||||
... write_lock(&list_lock);
|
||||
... spin_lock(&list_lock);
|
||||
if (atomic_dec_and_test(&el->rc)) ...
|
||||
call_rcu(&el->head, el_free); delete_element
|
||||
... write_unlock(&list_lock);
|
||||
... spin_unlock(&list_lock);
|
||||
} ...
|
||||
if (atomic_dec_and_test(&el->rc))
|
||||
call_rcu(&el->head, el_free);
|
||||
|
@ -786,8 +786,6 @@ RCU pointer/list traversal:
|
||||
list_for_each_entry_rcu
|
||||
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu
|
||||
|
||||
list_for_each_rcu (to be deprecated in favor of
|
||||
list_for_each_entry_rcu)
|
||||
list_for_each_continue_rcu (to be deprecated in favor of new
|
||||
list_for_each_entry_continue_rcu)
|
||||
|
||||
|
27
Documentation/SELinux.txt
Normal file
27
Documentation/SELinux.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||
If you want to use SELinux, chances are you will want
|
||||
to use the distro-provided policies, or install the
|
||||
latest reference policy release from
|
||||
http://oss.tresys.com/projects/refpolicy
|
||||
|
||||
However, if you want to install a dummy policy for
|
||||
testing, you can do using 'mdp' provided under
|
||||
scripts/selinux. Note that this requires the selinux
|
||||
userspace to be installed - in particular you will
|
||||
need checkpolicy to compile a kernel, and setfiles and
|
||||
fixfiles to label the filesystem.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Compile the kernel with selinux enabled.
|
||||
2. Type 'make' to compile mdp.
|
||||
3. Make sure that you are not running with
|
||||
SELinux enabled and a real policy. If
|
||||
you are, reboot with selinux disabled
|
||||
before continuing.
|
||||
4. Run install_policy.sh:
|
||||
cd scripts/selinux
|
||||
sh install_policy.sh
|
||||
|
||||
Step 4 will create a new dummy policy valid for your
|
||||
kernel, with a single selinux user, role, and type.
|
||||
It will compile the policy, will set your SELINUXTYPE to
|
||||
dummy in /etc/selinux/config, install the compiled policy
|
||||
as 'dummy', and relabel your filesystem.
|
@ -67,6 +67,8 @@ kernel patches.
|
||||
|
||||
19: All new userspace interfaces are documented in Documentation/ABI/.
|
||||
See Documentation/ABI/README for more information.
|
||||
Patches that change userspace interfaces should be CCed to
|
||||
linux-api@vger.kernel.org.
|
||||
|
||||
20: Check that it all passes `make headers_check'.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -30,12 +30,18 @@ write_expire (in ms)
|
||||
Similar to read_expire mentioned above, but for writes.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
fifo_batch
|
||||
fifo_batch (number of requests)
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
When a read request expires its deadline, we must move some requests from
|
||||
the sorted io scheduler list to the block device dispatch queue. fifo_batch
|
||||
controls how many requests we move.
|
||||
Requests are grouped into ``batches'' of a particular data direction (read or
|
||||
write) which are serviced in increasing sector order. To limit extra seeking,
|
||||
deadline expiries are only checked between batches. fifo_batch controls the
|
||||
maximum number of requests per batch.
|
||||
|
||||
This parameter tunes the balance between per-request latency and aggregate
|
||||
throughput. When low latency is the primary concern, smaller is better (where
|
||||
a value of 1 yields first-come first-served behaviour). Increasing fifo_batch
|
||||
generally improves throughput, at the cost of latency variation.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
writes_starved (number of dispatches)
|
||||
|
@ -145,8 +145,7 @@ useful for reading photocds.
|
||||
|
||||
To play an audio CD, you should first unmount and remove any data
|
||||
CDROM. Any of the CDROM player programs should then work (workman,
|
||||
workbone, cdplayer, etc.). Lacking anything else, you could use the
|
||||
cdtester program in Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd.
|
||||
workbone, cdplayer, etc.).
|
||||
|
||||
On a few drives, you can read digital audio directly using a program
|
||||
such as cdda2wav. The only types of drive which I've heard support
|
||||
|
@ -35,11 +35,9 @@ Mailing List
|
||||
------------
|
||||
There is a CPU frequency changing CVS commit and general list where
|
||||
you can report bugs, problems or submit patches. To post a message,
|
||||
send an email to cpufreq@lists.linux.org.uk, to subscribe go to
|
||||
http://lists.linux.org.uk/mailman/listinfo/cpufreq. Previous post to the
|
||||
mailing list are available to subscribers at
|
||||
http://lists.linux.org.uk/mailman/private/cpufreq/.
|
||||
|
||||
send an email to cpufreq@vger.kernel.org, to subscribe go to
|
||||
http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#cpufreq and follow the
|
||||
instructions there.
|
||||
|
||||
Links
|
||||
-----
|
||||
@ -50,7 +48,7 @@ how to access the CVS repository:
|
||||
* http://cvs.arm.linux.org.uk/
|
||||
|
||||
the CPUFreq Mailing list:
|
||||
* http://lists.linux.org.uk/mailman/listinfo/cpufreq
|
||||
* http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#cpufreq
|
||||
|
||||
Clock and voltage scaling for the SA-1100:
|
||||
* http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/scaling
|
||||
|
@ -6,6 +6,24 @@ be removed from this file.
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: old static regulatory information and ieee80211_regdom module parameter
|
||||
When: 2.6.29
|
||||
Why: The old regulatory infrastructure has been replaced with a new one
|
||||
which does not require statically defined regulatory domains. We do
|
||||
not want to keep static regulatory domains in the kernel due to the
|
||||
the dynamic nature of regulatory law and localization. We kept around
|
||||
the old static definitions for the regulatory domains of:
|
||||
* US
|
||||
* JP
|
||||
* EU
|
||||
and used by default the US when CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY was
|
||||
set. We also kept around the ieee80211_regdom module parameter in case
|
||||
some applications were relying on it. Changing regulatory domains
|
||||
can now be done instead by using nl80211, as is done with iw.
|
||||
Who: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: dev->power.power_state
|
||||
When: July 2007
|
||||
Why: Broken design for runtime control over driver power states, confusing
|
||||
@ -232,6 +250,9 @@ What (Why):
|
||||
- xt_mark match revision 0
|
||||
(superseded by xt_mark match revision 1)
|
||||
|
||||
- xt_recent: the old ipt_recent proc dir
|
||||
(superseded by /proc/net/xt_recent)
|
||||
|
||||
When: January 2009 or Linux 2.7.0, whichever comes first
|
||||
Why: Superseded by newer revisions or modules
|
||||
Who: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
|
||||
|
@ -32,9 +32,9 @@ Mailing list: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
you will need to merge your changes with the version from e2fsprogs
|
||||
1.41.x.
|
||||
|
||||
- Create a new filesystem using the ext4dev filesystem type:
|
||||
- Create a new filesystem using the ext4 filesystem type:
|
||||
|
||||
# mke2fs -t ext4dev /dev/hda1
|
||||
# mke2fs -t ext4 /dev/hda1
|
||||
|
||||
Or configure an existing ext3 filesystem to support extents and set
|
||||
the test_fs flag to indicate that it's ok for an in-development
|
||||
@ -47,13 +47,13 @@ Mailing list: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
|
||||
# tune2fs -I 256 /dev/hda1
|
||||
|
||||
(Note: we currently do not have tools to convert an ext4dev
|
||||
(Note: we currently do not have tools to convert an ext4
|
||||
filesystem back to ext3; so please do not do try this on production
|
||||
filesystems.)
|
||||
|
||||
- Mounting:
|
||||
|
||||
# mount -t ext4dev /dev/hda1 /wherever
|
||||
# mount -t ext4 /dev/hda1 /wherever
|
||||
|
||||
- When comparing performance with other filesystems, remember that
|
||||
ext3/4 by default offers higher data integrity guarantees than most.
|
||||
@ -177,6 +177,11 @@ barrier=<0|1(*)> This enables/disables the use of write barriers in
|
||||
your disks are battery-backed in one way or another,
|
||||
disabling barriers may safely improve performance.
|
||||
|
||||
inode_readahead=n This tuning parameter controls the maximum
|
||||
number of inode table blocks that ext4's inode
|
||||
table readahead algorithm will pre-read into
|
||||
the buffer cache. The default value is 32 blocks.
|
||||
|
||||
orlov (*) This enables the new Orlov block allocator. It is
|
||||
enabled by default.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -218,6 +223,11 @@ errors=remount-ro(*) Remount the filesystem read-only on an error.
|
||||
errors=continue Keep going on a filesystem error.
|
||||
errors=panic Panic and halt the machine if an error occurs.
|
||||
|
||||
data_err=ignore(*) Just print an error message if an error occurs
|
||||
in a file data buffer in ordered mode.
|
||||
data_err=abort Abort the journal if an error occurs in a file
|
||||
data buffer in ordered mode.
|
||||
|
||||
grpid Give objects the same group ID as their creator.
|
||||
bsdgroups
|
||||
|
||||
@ -252,6 +262,7 @@ stripe=n Number of filesystem blocks that mballoc will try
|
||||
delalloc (*) Deferring block allocation until write-out time.
|
||||
nodelalloc Disable delayed allocation. Blocks are allocation
|
||||
when data is copied from user to page cache.
|
||||
|
||||
Data Mode
|
||||
=========
|
||||
There are 3 different data modes:
|
||||
|
228
Documentation/filesystems/fiemap.txt
Normal file
228
Documentation/filesystems/fiemap.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
|
||||
============
|
||||
Fiemap Ioctl
|
||||
============
|
||||
|
||||
The fiemap ioctl is an efficient method for userspace to get file
|
||||
extent mappings. Instead of block-by-block mapping (such as bmap), fiemap
|
||||
returns a list of extents.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Request Basics
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
A fiemap request is encoded within struct fiemap:
|
||||
|
||||
struct fiemap {
|
||||
__u64 fm_start; /* logical offset (inclusive) at
|
||||
* which to start mapping (in) */
|
||||
__u64 fm_length; /* logical length of mapping which
|
||||
* userspace cares about (in) */
|
||||
__u32 fm_flags; /* FIEMAP_FLAG_* flags for request (in/out) */
|
||||
__u32 fm_mapped_extents; /* number of extents that were
|
||||
* mapped (out) */
|
||||
__u32 fm_extent_count; /* size of fm_extents array (in) */
|
||||
__u32 fm_reserved;
|
||||
struct fiemap_extent fm_extents[0]; /* array of mapped extents (out) */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
fm_start, and fm_length specify the logical range within the file
|
||||
which the process would like mappings for. Extents returned mirror
|
||||
those on disk - that is, the logical offset of the 1st returned extent
|
||||
may start before fm_start, and the range covered by the last returned
|
||||
extent may end after fm_length. All offsets and lengths are in bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
Certain flags to modify the way in which mappings are looked up can be
|
||||
set in fm_flags. If the kernel doesn't understand some particular
|
||||
flags, it will return EBADR and the contents of fm_flags will contain
|
||||
the set of flags which caused the error. If the kernel is compatible
|
||||
with all flags passed, the contents of fm_flags will be unmodified.
|
||||
It is up to userspace to determine whether rejection of a particular
|
||||
flag is fatal to it's operation. This scheme is intended to allow the
|
||||
fiemap interface to grow in the future but without losing
|
||||
compatibility with old software.
|
||||
|
||||
fm_extent_count specifies the number of elements in the fm_extents[] array
|
||||
that can be used to return extents. If fm_extent_count is zero, then the
|
||||
fm_extents[] array is ignored (no extents will be returned), and the
|
||||
fm_mapped_extents count will hold the number of extents needed in
|
||||
fm_extents[] to hold the file's current mapping. Note that there is
|
||||
nothing to prevent the file from changing between calls to FIEMAP.
|
||||
|
||||
The following flags can be set in fm_flags:
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_FLAG_SYNC
|
||||
If this flag is set, the kernel will sync the file before mapping extents.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_FLAG_XATTR
|
||||
If this flag is set, the extents returned will describe the inodes
|
||||
extended attribute lookup tree, instead of it's data tree.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Extent Mapping
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
Extent information is returned within the embedded fm_extents array
|
||||
which userspace must allocate along with the fiemap structure. The
|
||||
number of elements in the fiemap_extents[] array should be passed via
|
||||
fm_extent_count. The number of extents mapped by kernel will be
|
||||
returned via fm_mapped_extents. If the number of fiemap_extents
|
||||
allocated is less than would be required to map the requested range,
|
||||
the maximum number of extents that can be mapped in the fm_extent[]
|
||||
array will be returned and fm_mapped_extents will be equal to
|
||||
fm_extent_count. In that case, the last extent in the array will not
|
||||
complete the requested range and will not have the FIEMAP_EXTENT_LAST
|
||||
flag set (see the next section on extent flags).
|
||||
|
||||
Each extent is described by a single fiemap_extent structure as
|
||||
returned in fm_extents.
|
||||
|
||||
struct fiemap_extent {
|
||||
__u64 fe_logical; /* logical offset in bytes for the start of
|
||||
* the extent */
|
||||
__u64 fe_physical; /* physical offset in bytes for the start
|
||||
* of the extent */
|
||||
__u64 fe_length; /* length in bytes for the extent */
|
||||
__u64 fe_reserved64[2];
|
||||
__u32 fe_flags; /* FIEMAP_EXTENT_* flags for this extent */
|
||||
__u32 fe_reserved[3];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
All offsets and lengths are in bytes and mirror those on disk. It is valid
|
||||
for an extents logical offset to start before the request or it's logical
|
||||
length to extend past the request. Unless FIEMAP_EXTENT_NOT_ALIGNED is
|
||||
returned, fe_logical, fe_physical, and fe_length will be aligned to the
|
||||
block size of the file system. With the exception of extents flagged as
|
||||
FIEMAP_EXTENT_MERGED, adjacent extents will not be merged.
|
||||
|
||||
The fe_flags field contains flags which describe the extent returned.
|
||||
A special flag, FIEMAP_EXTENT_LAST is always set on the last extent in
|
||||
the file so that the process making fiemap calls can determine when no
|
||||
more extents are available, without having to call the ioctl again.
|
||||
|
||||
Some flags are intentionally vague and will always be set in the
|
||||
presence of other more specific flags. This way a program looking for
|
||||
a general property does not have to know all existing and future flags
|
||||
which imply that property.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if FIEMAP_EXTENT_DATA_INLINE or FIEMAP_EXTENT_DATA_TAIL
|
||||
are set, FIEMAP_EXTENT_NOT_ALIGNED will also be set. A program looking
|
||||
for inline or tail-packed data can key on the specific flag. Software
|
||||
which simply cares not to try operating on non-aligned extents
|
||||
however, can just key on FIEMAP_EXTENT_NOT_ALIGNED, and not have to
|
||||
worry about all present and future flags which might imply unaligned
|
||||
data. Note that the opposite is not true - it would be valid for
|
||||
FIEMAP_EXTENT_NOT_ALIGNED to appear alone.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_LAST
|
||||
This is the last extent in the file. A mapping attempt past this
|
||||
extent will return nothing.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_UNKNOWN
|
||||
The location of this extent is currently unknown. This may indicate
|
||||
the data is stored on an inaccessible volume or that no storage has
|
||||
been allocated for the file yet.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_DELALLOC
|
||||
- This will also set FIEMAP_EXTENT_UNKNOWN.
|
||||
Delayed allocation - while there is data for this extent, it's
|
||||
physical location has not been allocated yet.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_ENCODED
|
||||
This extent does not consist of plain filesystem blocks but is
|
||||
encoded (e.g. encrypted or compressed). Reading the data in this
|
||||
extent via I/O to the block device will have undefined results.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that it is *always* undefined to try to update the data
|
||||
in-place by writing to the indicated location without the
|
||||
assistance of the filesystem, or to access the data using the
|
||||
information returned by the FIEMAP interface while the filesystem
|
||||
is mounted. In other words, user applications may only read the
|
||||
extent data via I/O to the block device while the filesystem is
|
||||
unmounted, and then only if the FIEMAP_EXTENT_ENCODED flag is
|
||||
clear; user applications must not try reading or writing to the
|
||||
filesystem via the block device under any other circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_DATA_ENCRYPTED
|
||||
- This will also set FIEMAP_EXTENT_ENCODED
|
||||
The data in this extent has been encrypted by the file system.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_NOT_ALIGNED
|
||||
Extent offsets and length are not guaranteed to be block aligned.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_DATA_INLINE
|
||||
This will also set FIEMAP_EXTENT_NOT_ALIGNED
|
||||
Data is located within a meta data block.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_DATA_TAIL
|
||||
This will also set FIEMAP_EXTENT_NOT_ALIGNED
|
||||
Data is packed into a block with data from other files.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_UNWRITTEN
|
||||
Unwritten extent - the extent is allocated but it's data has not been
|
||||
initialized. This indicates the extent's data will be all zero if read
|
||||
through the filesystem but the contents are undefined if read directly from
|
||||
the device.
|
||||
|
||||
* FIEMAP_EXTENT_MERGED
|
||||
This will be set when a file does not support extents, i.e., it uses a block
|
||||
based addressing scheme. Since returning an extent for each block back to
|
||||
userspace would be highly inefficient, the kernel will try to merge most
|
||||
adjacent blocks into 'extents'.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VFS -> File System Implementation
|
||||
---------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
File systems wishing to support fiemap must implement a ->fiemap callback on
|
||||
their inode_operations structure. The fs ->fiemap call is responsible for
|
||||
defining it's set of supported fiemap flags, and calling a helper function on
|
||||
each discovered extent:
|
||||
|
||||
struct inode_operations {
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
int (*fiemap)(struct inode *, struct fiemap_extent_info *, u64 start,
|
||||
u64 len);
|
||||
|
||||
->fiemap is passed struct fiemap_extent_info which describes the
|
||||
fiemap request:
|
||||
|
||||
struct fiemap_extent_info {
|
||||
unsigned int fi_flags; /* Flags as passed from user */
|
||||
unsigned int fi_extents_mapped; /* Number of mapped extents */
|
||||
unsigned int fi_extents_max; /* Size of fiemap_extent array */
|
||||
struct fiemap_extent *fi_extents_start; /* Start of fiemap_extent array */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
It is intended that the file system should not need to access any of this
|
||||
structure directly.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Flag checking should be done at the beginning of the ->fiemap callback via the
|
||||
fiemap_check_flags() helper:
|
||||
|
||||
int fiemap_check_flags(struct fiemap_extent_info *fieinfo, u32 fs_flags);
|
||||
|
||||
The struct fieinfo should be passed in as recieved from ioctl_fiemap(). The
|
||||
set of fiemap flags which the fs understands should be passed via fs_flags. If
|
||||
fiemap_check_flags finds invalid user flags, it will place the bad values in
|
||||
fieinfo->fi_flags and return -EBADR. If the file system gets -EBADR, from
|
||||
fiemap_check_flags(), it should immediately exit, returning that error back to
|
||||
ioctl_fiemap().
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
For each extent in the request range, the file system should call
|
||||
the helper function, fiemap_fill_next_extent():
|
||||
|
||||
int fiemap_fill_next_extent(struct fiemap_extent_info *info, u64 logical,
|
||||
u64 phys, u64 len, u32 flags, u32 dev);
|
||||
|
||||
fiemap_fill_next_extent() will use the passed values to populate the
|
||||
next free extent in the fm_extents array. 'General' extent flags will
|
||||
automatically be set from specific flags on behalf of the calling file
|
||||
system so that the userspace API is not broken.
|
||||
|
||||
fiemap_fill_next_extent() returns 0 on success, and 1 when the
|
||||
user-supplied fm_extents array is full. If an error is encountered
|
||||
while copying the extent to user memory, -EFAULT will be returned.
|
@ -923,45 +923,44 @@ CPUs.
|
||||
The "procs_blocked" line gives the number of processes currently blocked,
|
||||
waiting for I/O to complete.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.9 Ext4 file system parameters
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
Ext4 file system have one directory per partition under /proc/fs/ext4/
|
||||
# ls /proc/fs/ext4/hdc/
|
||||
group_prealloc max_to_scan mb_groups mb_history min_to_scan order2_req
|
||||
stats stream_req
|
||||
|
||||
mb_groups:
|
||||
This file gives the details of multiblock allocator buddy cache of free blocks
|
||||
Information about mounted ext4 file systems can be found in
|
||||
/proc/fs/ext4. Each mounted filesystem will have a directory in
|
||||
/proc/fs/ext4 based on its device name (i.e., /proc/fs/ext4/hdc or
|
||||
/proc/fs/ext4/dm-0). The files in each per-device directory are shown
|
||||
in Table 1-10, below.
|
||||
|
||||
mb_history:
|
||||
Multiblock allocation history.
|
||||
Table 1-10: Files in /proc/fs/ext4/<devname>
|
||||
..............................................................................
|
||||
File Content
|
||||
mb_groups details of multiblock allocator buddy cache of free blocks
|
||||
mb_history multiblock allocation history
|
||||
stats controls whether the multiblock allocator should start
|
||||
collecting statistics, which are shown during the unmount
|
||||
group_prealloc the multiblock allocator will round up allocation
|
||||
requests to a multiple of this tuning parameter if the
|
||||
stripe size is not set in the ext4 superblock
|
||||
max_to_scan The maximum number of extents the multiblock allocator
|
||||
will search to find the best extent
|
||||
min_to_scan The minimum number of extents the multiblock allocator
|
||||
will search to find the best extent
|
||||
order2_req Tuning parameter which controls the minimum size for
|
||||
requests (as a power of 2) where the buddy cache is
|
||||
used
|
||||
stream_req Files which have fewer blocks than this tunable
|
||||
parameter will have their blocks allocated out of a
|
||||
block group specific preallocation pool, so that small
|
||||
files are packed closely together. Each large file
|
||||
will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique
|
||||
preallocation pool.
|
||||
inode_readahead Tuning parameter which controls the maximum number of
|
||||
inode table blocks that ext4's inode table readahead
|
||||
algorithm will pre-read into the buffer cache
|
||||
..............................................................................
|
||||
|
||||
stats:
|
||||
This file indicate whether the multiblock allocator should start collecting
|
||||
statistics. The statistics are shown during unmount
|
||||
|
||||
group_prealloc:
|
||||
The multiblock allocator normalize the block allocation request to
|
||||
group_prealloc filesystem blocks if we don't have strip value set.
|
||||
The stripe value can be specified at mount time or during mke2fs.
|
||||
|
||||
max_to_scan:
|
||||
How long multiblock allocator can look for a best extent (in found extents)
|
||||
|
||||
min_to_scan:
|
||||
How long multiblock allocator must look for a best extent
|
||||
|
||||
order2_req:
|
||||
Multiblock allocator use 2^N search using buddies only for requests greater
|
||||
than or equal to order2_req. The request size is specfied in file system
|
||||
blocks. A value of 2 indicate only if the requests are greater than or equal
|
||||
to 4 blocks.
|
||||
|
||||
stream_req:
|
||||
Files smaller than stream_req are served by the stream allocator, whose
|
||||
purpose is to pack requests as close each to other as possible to
|
||||
produce smooth I/O traffic. Avalue of 16 indicate that file smaller than 16
|
||||
filesystem block size will use group based preallocation.
|
||||
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Summary
|
||||
|
@ -14,14 +14,14 @@ Description
|
||||
|
||||
This driver implements support for the Analog Devices ADT7473 chip family.
|
||||
|
||||
The LM85 uses the 2-wire interface compatible with the SMBUS 2.0
|
||||
The ADT7473 uses the 2-wire interface compatible with the SMBUS 2.0
|
||||
specification. Using an analog to digital converter it measures three (3)
|
||||
temperatures and two (2) voltages. It has three (3) 16-bit counters for
|
||||
temperatures and two (2) voltages. It has four (4) 16-bit counters for
|
||||
measuring fan speed. There are three (3) PWM outputs that can be used
|
||||
to control fan speed.
|
||||
|
||||
A sophisticated control system for the PWM outputs is designed into the
|
||||
LM85 that allows fan speed to be adjusted automatically based on any of the
|
||||
ADT7473 that allows fan speed to be adjusted automatically based on any of the
|
||||
three temperature sensors. Each PWM output is individually adjustable and
|
||||
programmable. Once configured, the ADT7473 will adjust the PWM outputs in
|
||||
response to the measured temperatures without further host intervention.
|
||||
@ -46,14 +46,6 @@ from the raw value to get the temperature value.
|
||||
The Analog Devices datasheet is very detailed and describes a procedure for
|
||||
determining an optimal configuration for the automatic PWM control.
|
||||
|
||||
Hardware Configurations
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The ADT7473 chips have an optional SMBALERT output that can be used to
|
||||
signal the chipset in case a limit is exceeded or the temperature sensors
|
||||
fail. Individual sensor interrupts can be masked so they won't trigger
|
||||
SMBALERT. The SMBALERT output if configured replaces the PWM2 function.
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration Notes
|
||||
-------------------
|
||||
|
||||
@ -61,8 +53,8 @@ Besides standard interfaces driver adds the following:
|
||||
|
||||
* PWM Control
|
||||
|
||||
* pwm#_auto_point1_pwm and pwm#_auto_point1_temp and
|
||||
* pwm#_auto_point2_pwm and pwm#_auto_point2_temp -
|
||||
* pwm#_auto_point1_pwm and temp#_auto_point1_temp and
|
||||
* pwm#_auto_point2_pwm and temp#_auto_point2_temp -
|
||||
|
||||
point1: Set the pwm speed at a lower temperature bound.
|
||||
point2: Set the pwm speed at a higher temperature bound.
|
||||
|
@ -329,6 +329,10 @@ power[1-*]_average Average power use
|
||||
Unit: microWatt
|
||||
RO
|
||||
|
||||
power[1-*]_average_interval Power use averaging interval
|
||||
Unit: milliseconds
|
||||
RW
|
||||
|
||||
power[1-*]_average_highest Historical average maximum power use
|
||||
Unit: microWatt
|
||||
RO
|
||||
@ -353,6 +357,14 @@ power[1-*]_reset_history Reset input_highest, input_lowest,
|
||||
average_highest and average_lowest.
|
||||
WO
|
||||
|
||||
**********
|
||||
* Energy *
|
||||
**********
|
||||
|
||||
energy[1-*]_input Cumulative energy use
|
||||
Unit: microJoule
|
||||
RO
|
||||
|
||||
**********
|
||||
* Alarms *
|
||||
**********
|
||||
|
@ -168,10 +168,10 @@ if ($#ARGV < 0) {
|
||||
mkdir $ARGV[0],0777;
|
||||
$state = 0;
|
||||
while (<STDIN>) {
|
||||
if (/^\.TH \"[^\"]*\" 4 \"([^\"]*)\"/) {
|
||||
if (/^\.TH \"[^\"]*\" 9 \"([^\"]*)\"/) {
|
||||
if ($state == 1) { close OUT }
|
||||
$state = 1;
|
||||
$fn = "$ARGV[0]/$1.4";
|
||||
$fn = "$ARGV[0]/$1.9";
|
||||
print STDERR "Creating $fn\n";
|
||||
open OUT, ">$fn" or die "can't open $fn: $!\n";
|
||||
print OUT $_;
|
||||
|
@ -284,6 +284,11 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||
isolate - enable device isolation (each device, as far
|
||||
as possible, will get its own protection
|
||||
domain)
|
||||
fullflush - enable flushing of IO/TLB entries when
|
||||
they are unmapped. Otherwise they are
|
||||
flushed before they will be reused, which
|
||||
is a lot of faster
|
||||
|
||||
amd_iommu_size= [HW,X86-64]
|
||||
Define the size of the aperture for the AMD IOMMU
|
||||
driver. Possible values are:
|
||||
@ -463,12 +468,6 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||
Range: 0 - 8192
|
||||
Default: 64
|
||||
|
||||
disable_8254_timer
|
||||
enable_8254_timer
|
||||
[IA32/X86_64] Disable/Enable interrupt 0 timer routing
|
||||
over the 8254 in addition to over the IO-APIC. The
|
||||
kernel tries to set a sensible default.
|
||||
|
||||
hpet= [X86-32,HPET] option to control HPET usage
|
||||
Format: { enable (default) | disable | force }
|
||||
disable: disable HPET and use PIT instead
|
||||
@ -659,11 +658,12 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||
earlyprintk= [X86-32,X86-64,SH,BLACKFIN]
|
||||
earlyprintk=vga
|
||||
earlyprintk=serial[,ttySn[,baudrate]]
|
||||
earlyprintk=dbgp
|
||||
|
||||
Append ",keep" to not disable it when the real console
|
||||
takes over.
|
||||
|
||||
Only vga or serial at a time, not both.
|
||||
Only vga or serial or usb debug port at a time.
|
||||
|
||||
Currently only ttyS0 and ttyS1 are supported.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1020,6 +1020,10 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||
(only serial suported for now)
|
||||
Format: <serial_device>[,baud]
|
||||
|
||||
kmac= [MIPS] korina ethernet MAC address.
|
||||
Configure the RouterBoard 532 series on-chip
|
||||
Ethernet adapter MAC address.
|
||||
|
||||
l2cr= [PPC]
|
||||
|
||||
l3cr= [PPC]
|
||||
@ -1228,6 +1232,29 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||
or
|
||||
memmap=0x10000$0x18690000
|
||||
|
||||
memory_corruption_check=0/1 [X86]
|
||||
Some BIOSes seem to corrupt the first 64k of
|
||||
memory when doing things like suspend/resume.
|
||||
Setting this option will scan the memory
|
||||
looking for corruption. Enabling this will
|
||||
both detect corruption and prevent the kernel
|
||||
from using the memory being corrupted.
|
||||
However, its intended as a diagnostic tool; if
|
||||
repeatable BIOS-originated corruption always
|
||||
affects the same memory, you can use memmap=
|
||||
to prevent the kernel from using that memory.
|
||||
|
||||
memory_corruption_check_size=size [X86]
|
||||
By default it checks for corruption in the low
|
||||
64k, making this memory unavailable for normal
|
||||
use. Use this parameter to scan for
|
||||
corruption in more or less memory.
|
||||
|
||||
memory_corruption_check_period=seconds [X86]
|
||||
By default it checks for corruption every 60
|
||||
seconds. Use this parameter to check at some
|
||||
other rate. 0 disables periodic checking.
|
||||
|
||||
memtest= [KNL,X86] Enable memtest
|
||||
Format: <integer>
|
||||
range: 0,4 : pattern number
|
||||
@ -1425,6 +1452,12 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||
|
||||
nolapic_timer [X86-32,APIC] Do not use the local APIC timer.
|
||||
|
||||
nox2apic [X86-64,APIC] Do not enable x2APIC mode.
|
||||
|
||||
x2apic_phys [X86-64,APIC] Use x2apic physical mode instead of
|
||||
default x2apic cluster mode on platforms
|
||||
supporting x2apic.
|
||||
|
||||
noltlbs [PPC] Do not use large page/tlb entries for kernel
|
||||
lowmem mapping on PPC40x.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1882,6 +1915,12 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||
shapers= [NET]
|
||||
Maximal number of shapers.
|
||||
|
||||
show_msr= [x86] show boot-time MSR settings
|
||||
Format: { <integer> }
|
||||
Show boot-time (BIOS-initialized) MSR settings.
|
||||
The parameter means the number of CPUs to show,
|
||||
for example 1 means boot CPU only.
|
||||
|
||||
sim710= [SCSI,HW]
|
||||
See header of drivers/scsi/sim710.c.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,305 +0,0 @@
|
||||
MTRR (Memory Type Range Register) control
|
||||
3 Jun 1999
|
||||
Richard Gooch
|
||||
<rgooch@atnf.csiro.au>
|
||||
|
||||
On Intel P6 family processors (Pentium Pro, Pentium II and later)
|
||||
the Memory Type Range Registers (MTRRs) may be used to control
|
||||
processor access to memory ranges. This is most useful when you have
|
||||
a video (VGA) card on a PCI or AGP bus. Enabling write-combining
|
||||
allows bus write transfers to be combined into a larger transfer
|
||||
before bursting over the PCI/AGP bus. This can increase performance
|
||||
of image write operations 2.5 times or more.
|
||||
|
||||
The Cyrix 6x86, 6x86MX and M II processors have Address Range
|
||||
Registers (ARRs) which provide a similar functionality to MTRRs. For
|
||||
these, the ARRs are used to emulate the MTRRs.
|
||||
|
||||
The AMD K6-2 (stepping 8 and above) and K6-3 processors have two
|
||||
MTRRs. These are supported. The AMD Athlon family provide 8 Intel
|
||||
style MTRRs.
|
||||
|
||||
The Centaur C6 (WinChip) has 8 MCRs, allowing write-combining. These
|
||||
are supported.
|
||||
|
||||
The VIA Cyrix III and VIA C3 CPUs offer 8 Intel style MTRRs.
|
||||
|
||||
The CONFIG_MTRR option creates a /proc/mtrr file which may be used
|
||||
to manipulate your MTRRs. Typically the X server should use
|
||||
this. This should have a reasonably generic interface so that
|
||||
similar control registers on other processors can be easily
|
||||
supported.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
There are two interfaces to /proc/mtrr: one is an ASCII interface
|
||||
which allows you to read and write. The other is an ioctl()
|
||||
interface. The ASCII interface is meant for administration. The
|
||||
ioctl() interface is meant for C programs (i.e. the X server). The
|
||||
interfaces are described below, with sample commands and C code.
|
||||
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
Reading MTRRs from the shell:
|
||||
|
||||
% cat /proc/mtrr
|
||||
reg00: base=0x00000000 ( 0MB), size= 128MB: write-back, count=1
|
||||
reg01: base=0x08000000 ( 128MB), size= 64MB: write-back, count=1
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
Creating MTRRs from the C-shell:
|
||||
# echo "base=0xf8000000 size=0x400000 type=write-combining" >! /proc/mtrr
|
||||
or if you use bash:
|
||||
# echo "base=0xf8000000 size=0x400000 type=write-combining" >| /proc/mtrr
|
||||
|
||||
And the result thereof:
|
||||
% cat /proc/mtrr
|
||||
reg00: base=0x00000000 ( 0MB), size= 128MB: write-back, count=1
|
||||
reg01: base=0x08000000 ( 128MB), size= 64MB: write-back, count=1
|
||||
reg02: base=0xf8000000 (3968MB), size= 4MB: write-combining, count=1
|
||||
|
||||
This is for video RAM at base address 0xf8000000 and size 4 megabytes. To
|
||||
find out your base address, you need to look at the output of your X
|
||||
server, which tells you where the linear framebuffer address is. A
|
||||
typical line that you may get is:
|
||||
|
||||
(--) S3: PCI: 968 rev 0, Linear FB @ 0xf8000000
|
||||
|
||||
Note that you should only use the value from the X server, as it may
|
||||
move the framebuffer base address, so the only value you can trust is
|
||||
that reported by the X server.
|
||||
|
||||
To find out the size of your framebuffer (what, you don't actually
|
||||
know?), the following line will tell you:
|
||||
|
||||
(--) S3: videoram: 4096k
|
||||
|
||||
That's 4 megabytes, which is 0x400000 bytes (in hexadecimal).
|
||||
A patch is being written for XFree86 which will make this automatic:
|
||||
in other words the X server will manipulate /proc/mtrr using the
|
||||
ioctl() interface, so users won't have to do anything. If you use a
|
||||
commercial X server, lobby your vendor to add support for MTRRs.
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
Creating overlapping MTRRs:
|
||||
|
||||
%echo "base=0xfb000000 size=0x1000000 type=write-combining" >/proc/mtrr
|
||||
%echo "base=0xfb000000 size=0x1000 type=uncachable" >/proc/mtrr
|
||||
|
||||
And the results: cat /proc/mtrr
|
||||
reg00: base=0x00000000 ( 0MB), size= 64MB: write-back, count=1
|
||||
reg01: base=0xfb000000 (4016MB), size= 16MB: write-combining, count=1
|
||||
reg02: base=0xfb000000 (4016MB), size= 4kB: uncachable, count=1
|
||||
|
||||
Some cards (especially Voodoo Graphics boards) need this 4 kB area
|
||||
excluded from the beginning of the region because it is used for
|
||||
registers.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: You can only create type=uncachable region, if the first
|
||||
region that you created is type=write-combining.
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
Removing MTRRs from the C-shell:
|
||||
% echo "disable=2" >! /proc/mtrr
|
||||
or using bash:
|
||||
% echo "disable=2" >| /proc/mtrr
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
Reading MTRRs from a C program using ioctl()'s:
|
||||
|
||||
/* mtrr-show.c
|
||||
|
||||
Source file for mtrr-show (example program to show MTRRs using ioctl()'s)
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1997-1998 Richard Gooch
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
Richard Gooch may be reached by email at rgooch@atnf.csiro.au
|
||||
The postal address is:
|
||||
Richard Gooch, c/o ATNF, P. O. Box 76, Epping, N.S.W., 2121, Australia.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
This program will use an ioctl() on /proc/mtrr to show the current MTRR
|
||||
settings. This is an alternative to reading /proc/mtrr.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Written by Richard Gooch 17-DEC-1997
|
||||
|
||||
Last updated by Richard Gooch 2-MAY-1998
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/mtrr.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define TRUE 1
|
||||
#define FALSE 0
|
||||
#define ERRSTRING strerror (errno)
|
||||
|
||||
static char *mtrr_strings[MTRR_NUM_TYPES] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"uncachable", /* 0 */
|
||||
"write-combining", /* 1 */
|
||||
"?", /* 2 */
|
||||
"?", /* 3 */
|
||||
"write-through", /* 4 */
|
||||
"write-protect", /* 5 */
|
||||
"write-back", /* 6 */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int main ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
struct mtrr_gentry gentry;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( ( fd = open ("/proc/mtrr", O_RDONLY, 0) ) == -1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (errno == ENOENT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fputs ("/proc/mtrr not found: not supported or you don't have a PPro?\n",
|
||||
stderr);
|
||||
exit (1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Error opening /proc/mtrr\t%s\n", ERRSTRING);
|
||||
exit (2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (gentry.regnum = 0; ioctl (fd, MTRRIOC_GET_ENTRY, &gentry) == 0;
|
||||
++gentry.regnum)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (gentry.size < 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Register: %u disabled\n", gentry.regnum);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Register: %u base: 0x%lx size: 0x%lx type: %s\n",
|
||||
gentry.regnum, gentry.base, gentry.size,
|
||||
mtrr_strings[gentry.type]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (errno == EINVAL) exit (0);
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Error doing ioctl(2) on /dev/mtrr\t%s\n", ERRSTRING);
|
||||
exit (3);
|
||||
} /* End Function main */
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
Creating MTRRs from a C programme using ioctl()'s:
|
||||
|
||||
/* mtrr-add.c
|
||||
|
||||
Source file for mtrr-add (example programme to add an MTRRs using ioctl())
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1997-1998 Richard Gooch
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
Richard Gooch may be reached by email at rgooch@atnf.csiro.au
|
||||
The postal address is:
|
||||
Richard Gooch, c/o ATNF, P. O. Box 76, Epping, N.S.W., 2121, Australia.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
This programme will use an ioctl() on /proc/mtrr to add an entry. The first
|
||||
available mtrr is used. This is an alternative to writing /proc/mtrr.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Written by Richard Gooch 17-DEC-1997
|
||||
|
||||
Last updated by Richard Gooch 2-MAY-1998
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/mtrr.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define TRUE 1
|
||||
#define FALSE 0
|
||||
#define ERRSTRING strerror (errno)
|
||||
|
||||
static char *mtrr_strings[MTRR_NUM_TYPES] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"uncachable", /* 0 */
|
||||
"write-combining", /* 1 */
|
||||
"?", /* 2 */
|
||||
"?", /* 3 */
|
||||
"write-through", /* 4 */
|
||||
"write-protect", /* 5 */
|
||||
"write-back", /* 6 */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int main (int argc, char **argv)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
struct mtrr_sentry sentry;
|
||||
|
||||
if (argc != 4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Usage:\tmtrr-add base size type\n");
|
||||
exit (1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
sentry.base = strtoul (argv[1], NULL, 0);
|
||||
sentry.size = strtoul (argv[2], NULL, 0);
|
||||
for (sentry.type = 0; sentry.type < MTRR_NUM_TYPES; ++sentry.type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strcmp (argv[3], mtrr_strings[sentry.type]) == 0) break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (sentry.type >= MTRR_NUM_TYPES)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Illegal type: \"%s\"\n", argv[3]);
|
||||
exit (2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( ( fd = open ("/proc/mtrr", O_WRONLY, 0) ) == -1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (errno == ENOENT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fputs ("/proc/mtrr not found: not supported or you don't have a PPro?\n",
|
||||
stderr);
|
||||
exit (3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Error opening /proc/mtrr\t%s\n", ERRSTRING);
|
||||
exit (4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (ioctl (fd, MTRRIOC_ADD_ENTRY, &sentry) == -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Error doing ioctl(2) on /dev/mtrr\t%s\n", ERRSTRING);
|
||||
exit (5);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Sleeping for 5 seconds so you can see the new entry\n");
|
||||
sleep (5);
|
||||
close (fd);
|
||||
fputs ("I've just closed /proc/mtrr so now the new entry should be gone\n",
|
||||
stderr);
|
||||
} /* End Function main */
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
46
Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlge
Normal file
46
Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlge
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2003-2008 QLogic Corporation
|
||||
QLogic Linux Networking HBA Driver
|
||||
|
||||
This program includes a device driver for Linux 2.6 that may be
|
||||
distributed with QLogic hardware specific firmware binary file.
|
||||
You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the
|
||||
GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation (version 2 or a later version).
|
||||
|
||||
You may redistribute the hardware specific firmware binary file
|
||||
under the following terms:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Redistribution of source code (only if applicable),
|
||||
must retain the above copyright notice, this list of
|
||||
conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above
|
||||
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
|
||||
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other
|
||||
materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
3. The name of QLogic Corporation may not be used to
|
||||
endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
without specific prior written permission
|
||||
|
||||
REGARDLESS OF WHAT LICENSING MECHANISM IS USED OR APPLICABLE,
|
||||
THIS PROGRAM IS PROVIDED BY QLOGIC CORPORATION "AS IS'' AND ANY
|
||||
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
|
||||
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR
|
||||
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
|
||||
TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
|
||||
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
|
||||
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
|
||||
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
|
||||
USER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT USE OF THIS PROGRAM WILL NOT
|
||||
CREATE OR GIVE GROUNDS FOR A LICENSE BY IMPLICATION, ESTOPPEL, OR
|
||||
OTHERWISE IN ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (PATENT, COPYRIGHT,
|
||||
TRADE SECRET, MASK WORK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT) EMBODIED IN
|
||||
ANY OTHER QLOGIC HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE EITHER SOLELY OR IN
|
||||
COMBINATION WITH THIS PROGRAM.
|
||||
|
@ -35,8 +35,9 @@ This file contains
|
||||
6.1 general settings
|
||||
6.2 local loopback of sent frames
|
||||
6.3 CAN controller hardware filters
|
||||
6.4 currently supported CAN hardware
|
||||
6.5 todo
|
||||
6.4 The virtual CAN driver (vcan)
|
||||
6.5 currently supported CAN hardware
|
||||
6.6 todo
|
||||
|
||||
7 Credits
|
||||
|
||||
@ -584,7 +585,42 @@ solution for a couple of reasons:
|
||||
@133MHz with four SJA1000 CAN controllers from 2002 under heavy bus
|
||||
load without any problems ...
|
||||
|
||||
6.4 currently supported CAN hardware (September 2007)
|
||||
6.4 The virtual CAN driver (vcan)
|
||||
|
||||
Similar to the network loopback devices, vcan offers a virtual local
|
||||
CAN interface. A full qualified address on CAN consists of
|
||||
|
||||
- a unique CAN Identifier (CAN ID)
|
||||
- the CAN bus this CAN ID is transmitted on (e.g. can0)
|
||||
|
||||
so in common use cases more than one virtual CAN interface is needed.
|
||||
|
||||
The virtual CAN interfaces allow the transmission and reception of CAN
|
||||
frames without real CAN controller hardware. Virtual CAN network
|
||||
devices are usually named 'vcanX', like vcan0 vcan1 vcan2 ...
|
||||
When compiled as a module the virtual CAN driver module is called vcan.ko
|
||||
|
||||
Since Linux Kernel version 2.6.24 the vcan driver supports the Kernel
|
||||
netlink interface to create vcan network devices. The creation and
|
||||
removal of vcan network devices can be managed with the ip(8) tool:
|
||||
|
||||
- Create a virtual CAN network interface:
|
||||
ip link add type vcan
|
||||
|
||||
- Create a virtual CAN network interface with a specific name 'vcan42':
|
||||
ip link add dev vcan42 type vcan
|
||||
|
||||
- Remove a (virtual CAN) network interface 'vcan42':
|
||||
ip link del vcan42
|
||||
|
||||
The tool 'vcan' from the SocketCAN SVN repository on BerliOS is obsolete.
|
||||
|
||||
Virtual CAN network device creation in older Kernels:
|
||||
In Linux Kernel versions < 2.6.24 the vcan driver creates 4 vcan
|
||||
netdevices at module load time by default. This value can be changed
|
||||
with the module parameter 'numdev'. E.g. 'modprobe vcan numdev=8'
|
||||
|
||||
6.5 currently supported CAN hardware
|
||||
|
||||
On the project website http://developer.berlios.de/projects/socketcan
|
||||
there are different drivers available:
|
||||
@ -603,7 +639,7 @@ solution for a couple of reasons:
|
||||
|
||||
Please check the Mailing Lists on the berlios OSS project website.
|
||||
|
||||
6.5 todo (September 2007)
|
||||
6.6 todo
|
||||
|
||||
The configuration interface for CAN network drivers is still an open
|
||||
issue that has not been finalized in the socketcan project. Also the
|
||||
|
@ -24,4 +24,56 @@ netif_{start|stop|wake}_subqueue() functions to manage each queue while the
|
||||
device is still operational. netdev->queue_lock is still used when the device
|
||||
comes online or when it's completely shut down (unregister_netdev(), etc.).
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Peter P. Waskiewicz Jr. <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
|
||||
|
||||
Section 2: Qdisc support for multiqueue devices
|
||||
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Currently two qdiscs are optimized for multiqueue devices. The first is the
|
||||
default pfifo_fast qdisc. This qdisc supports one qdisc per hardware queue.
|
||||
A new round-robin qdisc, sch_multiq also supports multiple hardware queues. The
|
||||
qdisc is responsible for classifying the skb's and then directing the skb's to
|
||||
bands and queues based on the value in skb->queue_mapping. Use this field in
|
||||
the base driver to determine which queue to send the skb to.
|
||||
|
||||
sch_multiq has been added for hardware that wishes to avoid head-of-line
|
||||
blocking. It will cycle though the bands and verify that the hardware queue
|
||||
associated with the band is not stopped prior to dequeuing a packet.
|
||||
|
||||
On qdisc load, the number of bands is based on the number of queues on the
|
||||
hardware. Once the association is made, any skb with skb->queue_mapping set,
|
||||
will be queued to the band associated with the hardware queue.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Section 3: Brief howto using MULTIQ for multiqueue devices
|
||||
---------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The userspace command 'tc,' part of the iproute2 package, is used to configure
|
||||
qdiscs. To add the MULTIQ qdisc to your network device, assuming the device
|
||||
is called eth0, run the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
# tc qdisc add dev eth0 root handle 1: multiq
|
||||
|
||||
The qdisc will allocate the number of bands to equal the number of queues that
|
||||
the device reports, and bring the qdisc online. Assuming eth0 has 4 Tx
|
||||
queues, the band mapping would look like:
|
||||
|
||||
band 0 => queue 0
|
||||
band 1 => queue 1
|
||||
band 2 => queue 2
|
||||
band 3 => queue 3
|
||||
|
||||
Traffic will begin flowing through each queue based on either the simple_tx_hash
|
||||
function or based on netdev->select_queue() if you have it defined.
|
||||
|
||||
The behavior of tc filters remains the same. However a new tc action,
|
||||
skbedit, has been added. Assuming you wanted to route all traffic to a
|
||||
specific host, for example 192.168.0.3, through a specific queue you could use
|
||||
this action and establish a filter such as:
|
||||
|
||||
tc filter add dev eth0 parent 1: protocol ip prio 1 u32 \
|
||||
match ip dst 192.168.0.3 \
|
||||
action skbedit queue_mapping 3
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
|
||||
Original Author: Peter P. Waskiewicz Jr. <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
|
||||
|
175
Documentation/networking/phonet.txt
Normal file
175
Documentation/networking/phonet.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
|
||||
Linux Phonet protocol family
|
||||
============================
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
Phonet is a packet protocol used by Nokia cellular modems for both IPC
|
||||
and RPC. With the Linux Phonet socket family, Linux host processes can
|
||||
receive and send messages from/to the modem, or any other external
|
||||
device attached to the modem. The modem takes care of routing.
|
||||
|
||||
Phonet packets can be exchanged through various hardware connections
|
||||
depending on the device, such as:
|
||||
- USB with the CDC Phonet interface,
|
||||
- infrared,
|
||||
- Bluetooth,
|
||||
- an RS232 serial port (with a dedicated "FBUS" line discipline),
|
||||
- the SSI bus with some TI OMAP processors.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Packets format
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
Phonet packets have a common header as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
struct phonethdr {
|
||||
uint8_t pn_media; /* Media type (link-layer identifier) */
|
||||
uint8_t pn_rdev; /* Receiver device ID */
|
||||
uint8_t pn_sdev; /* Sender device ID */
|
||||
uint8_t pn_res; /* Resource ID or function */
|
||||
uint16_t pn_length; /* Big-endian message byte length (minus 6) */
|
||||
uint8_t pn_robj; /* Receiver object ID */
|
||||
uint8_t pn_sobj; /* Sender object ID */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
On Linux, the link-layer header includes the pn_media byte (see below).
|
||||
The next 7 bytes are part of the network-layer header.
|
||||
|
||||
The device ID is split: the 6 higher-order bits consitute the device
|
||||
address, while the 2 lower-order bits are used for multiplexing, as are
|
||||
the 8-bit object identifiers. As such, Phonet can be considered as a
|
||||
network layer with 6 bits of address space and 10 bits for transport
|
||||
protocol (much like port numbers in IP world).
|
||||
|
||||
The modem always has address number zero. All other device have a their
|
||||
own 6-bit address.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Link layer
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
Phonet links are always point-to-point links. The link layer header
|
||||
consists of a single Phonet media type byte. It uniquely identifies the
|
||||
link through which the packet is transmitted, from the modem's
|
||||
perspective. Each Phonet network device shall prepend and set the media
|
||||
type byte as appropriate. For convenience, a common phonet_header_ops
|
||||
link-layer header operations structure is provided. It sets the
|
||||
media type according to the network device hardware address.
|
||||
|
||||
Linux Phonet network interfaces support a dedicated link layer packets
|
||||
type (ETH_P_PHONET) which is out of the Ethernet type range. They can
|
||||
only send and receive Phonet packets.
|
||||
|
||||
The virtual TUN tunnel device driver can also be used for Phonet. This
|
||||
requires IFF_TUN mode, _without_ the IFF_NO_PI flag. In this case,
|
||||
there is no link-layer header, so there is no Phonet media type byte.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that Phonet interfaces are not allowed to re-order packets, so
|
||||
only the (default) Linux FIFO qdisc should be used with them.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Network layer
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
|
||||
The Phonet socket address family maps the Phonet packet header:
|
||||
|
||||
struct sockaddr_pn {
|
||||
sa_family_t spn_family; /* AF_PHONET */
|
||||
uint8_t spn_obj; /* Object ID */
|
||||
uint8_t spn_dev; /* Device ID */
|
||||
uint8_t spn_resource; /* Resource or function */
|
||||
uint8_t spn_zero[...]; /* Padding */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
The resource field is only used when sending and receiving;
|
||||
It is ignored by bind() and getsockname().
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Low-level datagram protocol
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Applications can send Phonet messages using the Phonet datagram socket
|
||||
protocol from the PF_PHONET family. Each socket is bound to one of the
|
||||
2^10 object IDs available, and can send and receive packets with any
|
||||
other peer.
|
||||
|
||||
struct sockaddr_pn addr = { .spn_family = AF_PHONET, };
|
||||
ssize_t len;
|
||||
socklen_t addrlen = sizeof(addr);
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
|
||||
fd = socket(PF_PHONET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0);
|
||||
bind(fd, (struct sockaddr *)&addr, sizeof(addr));
|
||||
/* ... */
|
||||
|
||||
sendto(fd, msg, msglen, 0, (struct sockaddr *)&addr, sizeof(addr));
|
||||
len = recvfrom(fd, buf, sizeof(buf), 0,
|
||||
(struct sockaddr *)&addr, &addrlen);
|
||||
|
||||
This protocol follows the SOCK_DGRAM connection-less semantics.
|
||||
However, connect() and getpeername() are not supported, as they did
|
||||
not seem useful with Phonet usages (could be added easily).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Phonet Pipe protocol
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The Phonet Pipe protocol is a simple sequenced packets protocol
|
||||
with end-to-end congestion control. It uses the passive listening
|
||||
socket paradigm. The listening socket is bound to an unique free object
|
||||
ID. Each listening socket can handle up to 255 simultaneous
|
||||
connections, one per accept()'d socket.
|
||||
|
||||
int lfd, cfd;
|
||||
|
||||
lfd = socket(PF_PHONET, SOCK_SEQPACKET, PN_PROTO_PIPE);
|
||||
listen (lfd, INT_MAX);
|
||||
|
||||
/* ... */
|
||||
cfd = accept(lfd, NULL, NULL);
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char buf[...];
|
||||
ssize_t len = read(cfd, buf, sizeof(buf));
|
||||
|
||||
/* ... */
|
||||
|
||||
write(cfd, msg, msglen);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Connections are established between two endpoints by a "third party"
|
||||
application. This means that both endpoints are passive; so connect()
|
||||
is not possible.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING:
|
||||
When polling a connected pipe socket for writability, there is an
|
||||
intrinsic race condition whereby writability might be lost between the
|
||||
polling and the writing system calls. In this case, the socket will
|
||||
block until write because possible again, unless non-blocking mode
|
||||
becomes enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The pipe protocol provides two socket options at the SOL_PNPIPE level:
|
||||
|
||||
PNPIPE_ENCAP accepts one integer value (int) of:
|
||||
|
||||
PNPIPE_ENCAP_NONE: The socket operates normally (default).
|
||||
|
||||
PNPIPE_ENCAP_IP: The socket is used as a backend for a virtual IP
|
||||
interface. This requires CAP_NET_ADMIN capability. GPRS data
|
||||
support on Nokia modems can use this. Note that the socket cannot
|
||||
be reliably poll()'d or read() from while in this mode.
|
||||
|
||||
PNPIPE_IFINDEX is a read-only integer value. It contains the
|
||||
interface index of the network interface created by PNPIPE_ENCAP,
|
||||
or zero if encapsulation is off.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Authors
|
||||
-------
|
||||
|
||||
Linux Phonet was initially written by Sakari Ailus.
|
||||
Other contributors include Mikä Liljeberg, Andras Domokos,
|
||||
Carlos Chinea and Rémi Denis-Courmont.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2008 Nokia Corporation.
|
194
Documentation/networking/regulatory.txt
Normal file
194
Documentation/networking/regulatory.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
|
||||
Linux wireless regulatory documentation
|
||||
---------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
This document gives a brief review over how the Linux wireless
|
||||
regulatory infrastructure works.
|
||||
|
||||
More up to date information can be obtained at the project's web page:
|
||||
|
||||
http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory
|
||||
|
||||
Keeping regulatory domains in userspace
|
||||
---------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Due to the dynamic nature of regulatory domains we keep them
|
||||
in userspace and provide a framework for userspace to upload
|
||||
to the kernel one regulatory domain to be used as the central
|
||||
core regulatory domain all wireless devices should adhere to.
|
||||
|
||||
How to get regulatory domains to the kernel
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Userspace gets a regulatory domain in the kernel by having
|
||||
a userspace agent build it and send it via nl80211. Only
|
||||
expected regulatory domains will be respected by the kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
A currently available userspace agent which can accomplish this
|
||||
is CRDA - central regulatory domain agent. Its documented here:
|
||||
|
||||
http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA
|
||||
|
||||
Essentially the kernel will send a udev event when it knows
|
||||
it needs a new regulatory domain. A udev rule can be put in place
|
||||
to trigger crda to send the respective regulatory domain for a
|
||||
specific ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2.
|
||||
|
||||
Below is an example udev rule which can be used:
|
||||
|
||||
# Example file, should be put in /etc/udev/rules.d/regulatory.rules
|
||||
KERNEL=="regulatory*", ACTION=="change", SUBSYSTEM=="platform", RUN+="/sbin/crda"
|
||||
|
||||
The alpha2 is passed as an environment variable under the variable COUNTRY.
|
||||
|
||||
Who asks for regulatory domains?
|
||||
--------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
* Users
|
||||
|
||||
Users can use iw:
|
||||
|
||||
http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/iw
|
||||
|
||||
An example:
|
||||
|
||||
# set regulatory domain to "Costa Rica"
|
||||
iw reg set CR
|
||||
|
||||
This will request the kernel to set the regulatory domain to
|
||||
the specificied alpha2. The kernel in turn will then ask userspace
|
||||
to provide a regulatory domain for the alpha2 specified by the user
|
||||
by sending a uevent.
|
||||
|
||||
* Wireless subsystems for Country Information elements
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel will send a uevent to inform userspace a new
|
||||
regulatory domain is required. More on this to be added
|
||||
as its integration is added.
|
||||
|
||||
* Drivers
|
||||
|
||||
If drivers determine they need a specific regulatory domain
|
||||
set they can inform the wireless core using regulatory_hint().
|
||||
They have two options -- they either provide an alpha2 so that
|
||||
crda can provide back a regulatory domain for that country or
|
||||
they can build their own regulatory domain based on internal
|
||||
custom knowledge so the wireless core can respect it.
|
||||
|
||||
*Most* drivers will rely on the first mechanism of providing a
|
||||
regulatory hint with an alpha2. For these drivers there is an additional
|
||||
check that can be used to ensure compliance based on custom EEPROM
|
||||
regulatory data. This additional check can be used by drivers by
|
||||
registering on its struct wiphy a reg_notifier() callback. This notifier
|
||||
is called when the core's regulatory domain has been changed. The driver
|
||||
can use this to review the changes made and also review who made them
|
||||
(driver, user, country IE) and determine what to allow based on its
|
||||
internal EEPROM data. Devices drivers wishing to be capable of world
|
||||
roaming should use this callback. More on world roaming will be
|
||||
added to this document when its support is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
Device drivers who provide their own built regulatory domain
|
||||
do not need a callback as the channels registered by them are
|
||||
the only ones that will be allowed and therefore *additional*
|
||||
cannels cannot be enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
Example code - drivers hinting an alpha2:
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
This example comes from the zd1211rw device driver. You can start
|
||||
by having a mapping of your device's EEPROM country/regulatory
|
||||
domain value to to a specific alpha2 as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
static struct zd_reg_alpha2_map reg_alpha2_map[] = {
|
||||
{ ZD_REGDOMAIN_FCC, "US" },
|
||||
{ ZD_REGDOMAIN_IC, "CA" },
|
||||
{ ZD_REGDOMAIN_ETSI, "DE" }, /* Generic ETSI, use most restrictive */
|
||||
{ ZD_REGDOMAIN_JAPAN, "JP" },
|
||||
{ ZD_REGDOMAIN_JAPAN_ADD, "JP" },
|
||||
{ ZD_REGDOMAIN_SPAIN, "ES" },
|
||||
{ ZD_REGDOMAIN_FRANCE, "FR" },
|
||||
|
||||
Then you can define a routine to map your read EEPROM value to an alpha2,
|
||||
as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
static int zd_reg2alpha2(u8 regdomain, char *alpha2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int i;
|
||||
struct zd_reg_alpha2_map *reg_map;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(reg_alpha2_map); i++) {
|
||||
reg_map = ®_alpha2_map[i];
|
||||
if (regdomain == reg_map->reg) {
|
||||
alpha2[0] = reg_map->alpha2[0];
|
||||
alpha2[1] = reg_map->alpha2[1];
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Lastly, you can then hint to the core of your discovered alpha2, if a match
|
||||
was found. You need to do this after you have registered your wiphy. You
|
||||
are expected to do this during initialization.
|
||||
|
||||
r = zd_reg2alpha2(mac->regdomain, alpha2);
|
||||
if (!r)
|
||||
regulatory_hint(hw->wiphy, alpha2, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
Example code - drivers providing a built in regulatory domain:
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
If you have regulatory information you can obtain from your
|
||||
driver and you *need* to use this we let you build a regulatory domain
|
||||
structure and pass it to the wireless core. To do this you should
|
||||
kmalloc() a structure big enough to hold your regulatory domain
|
||||
structure and you should then fill it with your data. Finally you simply
|
||||
call regulatory_hint() with the regulatory domain structure in it.
|
||||
|
||||
Bellow is a simple example, with a regulatory domain cached using the stack.
|
||||
Your implementation may vary (read EEPROM cache instead, for example).
|
||||
|
||||
Example cache of some regulatory domain
|
||||
|
||||
struct ieee80211_regdomain mydriver_jp_regdom = {
|
||||
.n_reg_rules = 3,
|
||||
.alpha2 = "JP",
|
||||
//.alpha2 = "99", /* If I have no alpha2 to map it to */
|
||||
.reg_rules = {
|
||||
/* IEEE 802.11b/g, channels 1..14 */
|
||||
REG_RULE(2412-20, 2484+20, 40, 6, 20, 0),
|
||||
/* IEEE 802.11a, channels 34..48 */
|
||||
REG_RULE(5170-20, 5240+20, 40, 6, 20,
|
||||
NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN),
|
||||
/* IEEE 802.11a, channels 52..64 */
|
||||
REG_RULE(5260-20, 5320+20, 40, 6, 20,
|
||||
NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS |
|
||||
NL80211_RRF_DFS),
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Then in some part of your code after your wiphy has been registered:
|
||||
|
||||
int r;
|
||||
struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd;
|
||||
int size_of_regd;
|
||||
int num_rules = mydriver_jp_regdom.n_reg_rules;
|
||||
unsigned int i;
|
||||
|
||||
size_of_regd = sizeof(struct ieee80211_regdomain) +
|
||||
(num_rules * sizeof(struct ieee80211_reg_rule));
|
||||
|
||||
rd = kzalloc(size_of_regd, GFP_KERNEL);
|
||||
if (!rd)
|
||||
return -ENOMEM;
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy(rd, &mydriver_jp_regdom, sizeof(struct ieee80211_regdomain));
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0; i < num_rules; i++) {
|
||||
memcpy(&rd->reg_rules[i], &mydriver_jp_regdom.reg_rules[i],
|
||||
sizeof(struct ieee80211_reg_rule));
|
||||
}
|
||||
r = regulatory_hint(hw->wiphy, NULL, rd);
|
||||
if (r) {
|
||||
kfree(rd);
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
85
Documentation/networking/tproxy.txt
Normal file
85
Documentation/networking/tproxy.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
|
||||
Transparent proxy support
|
||||
=========================
|
||||
|
||||
This feature adds Linux 2.2-like transparent proxy support to current kernels.
|
||||
To use it, enable NETFILTER_TPROXY, the socket match and the TPROXY target in
|
||||
your kernel config. You will need policy routing too, so be sure to enable that
|
||||
as well.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1. Making non-local sockets work
|
||||
================================
|
||||
|
||||
The idea is that you identify packets with destination address matching a local
|
||||
socket on your box, set the packet mark to a certain value, and then match on that
|
||||
value using policy routing to have those packets delivered locally:
|
||||
|
||||
# iptables -t mangle -N DIVERT
|
||||
# iptables -t mangle -A PREROUTING -p tcp -m socket -j DIVERT
|
||||
# iptables -t mangle -A DIVERT -j MARK --set-mark 1
|
||||
# iptables -t mangle -A DIVERT -j ACCEPT
|
||||
|
||||
# ip rule add fwmark 1 lookup 100
|
||||
# ip route add local 0.0.0.0/0 dev lo table 100
|
||||
|
||||
Because of certain restrictions in the IPv4 routing output code you'll have to
|
||||
modify your application to allow it to send datagrams _from_ non-local IP
|
||||
addresses. All you have to do is enable the (SOL_IP, IP_TRANSPARENT) socket
|
||||
option before calling bind:
|
||||
|
||||
fd = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
|
||||
/* - 8< -*/
|
||||
int value = 1;
|
||||
setsockopt(fd, SOL_IP, IP_TRANSPARENT, &value, sizeof(value));
|
||||
/* - 8< -*/
|
||||
name.sin_family = AF_INET;
|
||||
name.sin_port = htons(0xCAFE);
|
||||
name.sin_addr.s_addr = htonl(0xDEADBEEF);
|
||||
bind(fd, &name, sizeof(name));
|
||||
|
||||
A trivial patch for netcat is available here:
|
||||
http://people.netfilter.org/hidden/tproxy/netcat-ip_transparent-support.patch
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. Redirecting traffic
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
Transparent proxying often involves "intercepting" traffic on a router. This is
|
||||
usually done with the iptables REDIRECT target; however, there are serious
|
||||
limitations of that method. One of the major issues is that it actually
|
||||
modifies the packets to change the destination address -- which might not be
|
||||
acceptable in certain situations. (Think of proxying UDP for example: you won't
|
||||
be able to find out the original destination address. Even in case of TCP
|
||||
getting the original destination address is racy.)
|
||||
|
||||
The 'TPROXY' target provides similar functionality without relying on NAT. Simply
|
||||
add rules like this to the iptables ruleset above:
|
||||
|
||||
# iptables -t mangle -A PREROUTING -p tcp --dport 80 -j TPROXY \
|
||||
--tproxy-mark 0x1/0x1 --on-port 50080
|
||||
|
||||
Note that for this to work you'll have to modify the proxy to enable (SOL_IP,
|
||||
IP_TRANSPARENT) for the listening socket.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. Iptables extensions
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
To use tproxy you'll need to have the 'socket' and 'TPROXY' modules
|
||||
compiled for iptables. A patched version of iptables is available
|
||||
here: http://git.balabit.hu/?p=bazsi/iptables-tproxy.git
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. Application support
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
4.1. Squid
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
Squid 3.HEAD has support built-in. To use it, pass
|
||||
'--enable-linux-netfilter' to configure and set the 'tproxy' option on
|
||||
the HTTP listener you redirect traffic to with the TPROXY iptables
|
||||
target.
|
||||
|
||||
For more information please consult the following page on the Squid
|
||||
wiki: http://wiki.squid-cache.org/Features/Tproxy4
|
@ -341,6 +341,8 @@ key that does nothing by itself, as well as any hot key that is type-specific
|
||||
3.1 Guidelines for wireless device drivers
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
(in this text, rfkill->foo means the foo field of struct rfkill).
|
||||
|
||||
1. Each independent transmitter in a wireless device (usually there is only one
|
||||
transmitter per device) should have a SINGLE rfkill class attached to it.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -363,10 +365,32 @@ This rule exists because users of the rfkill subsystem expect to get (and set,
|
||||
when possible) the overall transmitter rfkill state, not of a particular rfkill
|
||||
line.
|
||||
|
||||
5. During suspend, the rfkill class will attempt to soft-block the radio
|
||||
through a call to rfkill->toggle_radio, and will try to restore its previous
|
||||
state during resume. After a rfkill class is suspended, it will *not* call
|
||||
rfkill->toggle_radio until it is resumed.
|
||||
5. The wireless device driver MUST NOT leave the transmitter enabled during
|
||||
suspend and hibernation unless:
|
||||
|
||||
5.1. The transmitter has to be enabled for some sort of functionality
|
||||
like wake-on-wireless-packet or autonomous packed forwarding in a mesh
|
||||
network, and that functionality is enabled for this suspend/hibernation
|
||||
cycle.
|
||||
|
||||
AND
|
||||
|
||||
5.2. The device was not on a user-requested BLOCKED state before
|
||||
the suspend (i.e. the driver must NOT unblock a device, not even
|
||||
to support wake-on-wireless-packet or remain in the mesh).
|
||||
|
||||
In other words, there is absolutely no allowed scenario where a driver can
|
||||
automatically take action to unblock a rfkill controller (obviously, this deals
|
||||
with scenarios where soft-blocking or both soft and hard blocking is happening.
|
||||
Scenarios where hardware rfkill lines are the only ones blocking the
|
||||
transmitter are outside of this rule, since the wireless device driver does not
|
||||
control its input hardware rfkill lines in the first place).
|
||||
|
||||
6. During resume, rfkill will try to restore its previous state.
|
||||
|
||||
7. After a rfkill class is suspended, it will *not* call rfkill->toggle_radio
|
||||
until it is resumed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Example of a WLAN wireless driver connected to the rfkill subsystem:
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
@ -70,13 +70,19 @@ Command line parameters
|
||||
|
||||
Note: While already known devices can be added to the list of devices to be
|
||||
ignored, there will be no effect on then. However, if such a device
|
||||
disappears and then reappears, it will then be ignored.
|
||||
disappears and then reappears, it will then be ignored. To make
|
||||
known devices go away, you need the "purge" command (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
For example,
|
||||
"echo add 0.0.a000-0.0.accc, 0.0.af00-0.0.afff > /proc/cio_ignore"
|
||||
will add 0.0.a000-0.0.accc and 0.0.af00-0.0.afff to the list of ignored
|
||||
devices.
|
||||
|
||||
You can remove already known but now ignored devices via
|
||||
"echo purge > /proc/cio_ignore"
|
||||
All devices ignored but still registered and not online (= not in use)
|
||||
will be deregistered and thus removed from the system.
|
||||
|
||||
The devices can be specified either by bus id (0.x.abcd) or, for 2.4 backward
|
||||
compatibility, by the device number in hexadecimal (0xabcd or abcd). Device
|
||||
numbers given as 0xabcd will be interpreted as 0.0.abcd.
|
||||
@ -98,8 +104,7 @@ debugfs entries
|
||||
handling).
|
||||
|
||||
- /sys/kernel/debug/s390dbf/cio_msg/sprintf
|
||||
Various debug messages from the common I/O-layer, including messages
|
||||
printed when cio_msg=yes.
|
||||
Various debug messages from the common I/O-layer.
|
||||
|
||||
- /sys/kernel/debug/s390dbf/cio_trace/hex_ascii
|
||||
Logs the calling of functions in the common I/O-layer and, if applicable,
|
||||
|
@ -1,151 +1,242 @@
|
||||
|
||||
This is the CFS scheduler.
|
||||
|
||||
80% of CFS's design can be summed up in a single sentence: CFS basically
|
||||
models an "ideal, precise multi-tasking CPU" on real hardware.
|
||||
|
||||
"Ideal multi-tasking CPU" is a (non-existent :-)) CPU that has 100%
|
||||
physical power and which can run each task at precise equal speed, in
|
||||
parallel, each at 1/nr_running speed. For example: if there are 2 tasks
|
||||
running then it runs each at 50% physical power - totally in parallel.
|
||||
|
||||
On real hardware, we can run only a single task at once, so while that
|
||||
one task runs, the other tasks that are waiting for the CPU are at a
|
||||
disadvantage - the current task gets an unfair amount of CPU time. In
|
||||
CFS this fairness imbalance is expressed and tracked via the per-task
|
||||
p->wait_runtime (nanosec-unit) value. "wait_runtime" is the amount of
|
||||
time the task should now run on the CPU for it to become completely fair
|
||||
and balanced.
|
||||
|
||||
( small detail: on 'ideal' hardware, the p->wait_runtime value would
|
||||
always be zero - no task would ever get 'out of balance' from the
|
||||
'ideal' share of CPU time. )
|
||||
|
||||
CFS's task picking logic is based on this p->wait_runtime value and it
|
||||
is thus very simple: it always tries to run the task with the largest
|
||||
p->wait_runtime value. In other words, CFS tries to run the task with
|
||||
the 'gravest need' for more CPU time. So CFS always tries to split up
|
||||
CPU time between runnable tasks as close to 'ideal multitasking
|
||||
hardware' as possible.
|
||||
|
||||
Most of the rest of CFS's design just falls out of this really simple
|
||||
concept, with a few add-on embellishments like nice levels,
|
||||
multiprocessing and various algorithm variants to recognize sleepers.
|
||||
|
||||
In practice it works like this: the system runs a task a bit, and when
|
||||
the task schedules (or a scheduler tick happens) the task's CPU usage is
|
||||
'accounted for': the (small) time it just spent using the physical CPU
|
||||
is deducted from p->wait_runtime. [minus the 'fair share' it would have
|
||||
gotten anyway]. Once p->wait_runtime gets low enough so that another
|
||||
task becomes the 'leftmost task' of the time-ordered rbtree it maintains
|
||||
(plus a small amount of 'granularity' distance relative to the leftmost
|
||||
task so that we do not over-schedule tasks and trash the cache) then the
|
||||
new leftmost task is picked and the current task is preempted.
|
||||
|
||||
The rq->fair_clock value tracks the 'CPU time a runnable task would have
|
||||
fairly gotten, had it been runnable during that time'. So by using
|
||||
rq->fair_clock values we can accurately timestamp and measure the
|
||||
'expected CPU time' a task should have gotten. All runnable tasks are
|
||||
sorted in the rbtree by the "rq->fair_clock - p->wait_runtime" key, and
|
||||
CFS picks the 'leftmost' task and sticks to it. As the system progresses
|
||||
forwards, newly woken tasks are put into the tree more and more to the
|
||||
right - slowly but surely giving a chance for every task to become the
|
||||
'leftmost task' and thus get on the CPU within a deterministic amount of
|
||||
time.
|
||||
|
||||
Some implementation details:
|
||||
|
||||
- the introduction of Scheduling Classes: an extensible hierarchy of
|
||||
scheduler modules. These modules encapsulate scheduling policy
|
||||
details and are handled by the scheduler core without the core
|
||||
code assuming about them too much.
|
||||
|
||||
- sched_fair.c implements the 'CFS desktop scheduler': it is a
|
||||
replacement for the vanilla scheduler's SCHED_OTHER interactivity
|
||||
code.
|
||||
|
||||
I'd like to give credit to Con Kolivas for the general approach here:
|
||||
he has proven via RSDL/SD that 'fair scheduling' is possible and that
|
||||
it results in better desktop scheduling. Kudos Con!
|
||||
|
||||
The CFS patch uses a completely different approach and implementation
|
||||
from RSDL/SD. My goal was to make CFS's interactivity quality exceed
|
||||
that of RSDL/SD, which is a high standard to meet :-) Testing
|
||||
feedback is welcome to decide this one way or another. [ and, in any
|
||||
case, all of SD's logic could be added via a kernel/sched_sd.c module
|
||||
as well, if Con is interested in such an approach. ]
|
||||
|
||||
CFS's design is quite radical: it does not use runqueues, it uses a
|
||||
time-ordered rbtree to build a 'timeline' of future task execution,
|
||||
and thus has no 'array switch' artifacts (by which both the vanilla
|
||||
scheduler and RSDL/SD are affected).
|
||||
|
||||
CFS uses nanosecond granularity accounting and does not rely on any
|
||||
jiffies or other HZ detail. Thus the CFS scheduler has no notion of
|
||||
'timeslices' and has no heuristics whatsoever. There is only one
|
||||
central tunable (you have to switch on CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG):
|
||||
|
||||
/proc/sys/kernel/sched_granularity_ns
|
||||
|
||||
which can be used to tune the scheduler from 'desktop' (low
|
||||
latencies) to 'server' (good batching) workloads. It defaults to a
|
||||
setting suitable for desktop workloads. SCHED_BATCH is handled by the
|
||||
CFS scheduler module too.
|
||||
|
||||
Due to its design, the CFS scheduler is not prone to any of the
|
||||
'attacks' that exist today against the heuristics of the stock
|
||||
scheduler: fiftyp.c, thud.c, chew.c, ring-test.c, massive_intr.c all
|
||||
work fine and do not impact interactivity and produce the expected
|
||||
behavior.
|
||||
|
||||
the CFS scheduler has a much stronger handling of nice levels and
|
||||
SCHED_BATCH: both types of workloads should be isolated much more
|
||||
agressively than under the vanilla scheduler.
|
||||
|
||||
( another detail: due to nanosec accounting and timeline sorting,
|
||||
sched_yield() support is very simple under CFS, and in fact under
|
||||
CFS sched_yield() behaves much better than under any other
|
||||
scheduler i have tested so far. )
|
||||
|
||||
- sched_rt.c implements SCHED_FIFO and SCHED_RR semantics, in a simpler
|
||||
way than the vanilla scheduler does. It uses 100 runqueues (for all
|
||||
100 RT priority levels, instead of 140 in the vanilla scheduler)
|
||||
and it needs no expired array.
|
||||
|
||||
- reworked/sanitized SMP load-balancing: the runqueue-walking
|
||||
assumptions are gone from the load-balancing code now, and
|
||||
iterators of the scheduling modules are used. The balancing code got
|
||||
quite a bit simpler as a result.
|
||||
=============
|
||||
CFS Scheduler
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Group scheduler extension to CFS
|
||||
================================
|
||||
1. OVERVIEW
|
||||
|
||||
Normally the scheduler operates on individual tasks and strives to provide
|
||||
fair CPU time to each task. Sometimes, it may be desirable to group tasks
|
||||
and provide fair CPU time to each such task group. For example, it may
|
||||
be desirable to first provide fair CPU time to each user on the system
|
||||
and then to each task belonging to a user.
|
||||
CFS stands for "Completely Fair Scheduler," and is the new "desktop" process
|
||||
scheduler implemented by Ingo Molnar and merged in Linux 2.6.23. It is the
|
||||
replacement for the previous vanilla scheduler's SCHED_OTHER interactivity
|
||||
code.
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG_FAIR_GROUP_SCHED strives to achieve exactly that. It lets
|
||||
SCHED_NORMAL/BATCH tasks be be grouped and divides CPU time fairly among such
|
||||
groups. At present, there are two (mutually exclusive) mechanisms to group
|
||||
tasks for CPU bandwidth control purpose:
|
||||
80% of CFS's design can be summed up in a single sentence: CFS basically models
|
||||
an "ideal, precise multi-tasking CPU" on real hardware.
|
||||
|
||||
- Based on user id (CONFIG_FAIR_USER_SCHED)
|
||||
In this option, tasks are grouped according to their user id.
|
||||
- Based on "cgroup" pseudo filesystem (CONFIG_FAIR_CGROUP_SCHED)
|
||||
This options lets the administrator create arbitrary groups
|
||||
of tasks, using the "cgroup" pseudo filesystem. See
|
||||
Documentation/cgroups.txt for more information about this
|
||||
filesystem.
|
||||
"Ideal multi-tasking CPU" is a (non-existent :-)) CPU that has 100% physical
|
||||
power and which can run each task at precise equal speed, in parallel, each at
|
||||
1/nr_running speed. For example: if there are 2 tasks running, then it runs
|
||||
each at 50% physical power --- i.e., actually in parallel.
|
||||
|
||||
On real hardware, we can run only a single task at once, so we have to
|
||||
introduce the concept of "virtual runtime." The virtual runtime of a task
|
||||
specifies when its next timeslice would start execution on the ideal
|
||||
multi-tasking CPU described above. In practice, the virtual runtime of a task
|
||||
is its actual runtime normalized to the total number of running tasks.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. FEW IMPLEMENTATION DETAILS
|
||||
|
||||
In CFS the virtual runtime is expressed and tracked via the per-task
|
||||
p->se.vruntime (nanosec-unit) value. This way, it's possible to accurately
|
||||
timestamp and measure the "expected CPU time" a task should have gotten.
|
||||
|
||||
[ small detail: on "ideal" hardware, at any time all tasks would have the same
|
||||
p->se.vruntime value --- i.e., tasks would execute simultaneously and no task
|
||||
would ever get "out of balance" from the "ideal" share of CPU time. ]
|
||||
|
||||
CFS's task picking logic is based on this p->se.vruntime value and it is thus
|
||||
very simple: it always tries to run the task with the smallest p->se.vruntime
|
||||
value (i.e., the task which executed least so far). CFS always tries to split
|
||||
up CPU time between runnable tasks as close to "ideal multitasking hardware" as
|
||||
possible.
|
||||
|
||||
Most of the rest of CFS's design just falls out of this really simple concept,
|
||||
with a few add-on embellishments like nice levels, multiprocessing and various
|
||||
algorithm variants to recognize sleepers.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. THE RBTREE
|
||||
|
||||
CFS's design is quite radical: it does not use the old data structures for the
|
||||
runqueues, but it uses a time-ordered rbtree to build a "timeline" of future
|
||||
task execution, and thus has no "array switch" artifacts (by which both the
|
||||
previous vanilla scheduler and RSDL/SD are affected).
|
||||
|
||||
CFS also maintains the rq->cfs.min_vruntime value, which is a monotonic
|
||||
increasing value tracking the smallest vruntime among all tasks in the
|
||||
runqueue. The total amount of work done by the system is tracked using
|
||||
min_vruntime; that value is used to place newly activated entities on the left
|
||||
side of the tree as much as possible.
|
||||
|
||||
The total number of running tasks in the runqueue is accounted through the
|
||||
rq->cfs.load value, which is the sum of the weights of the tasks queued on the
|
||||
runqueue.
|
||||
|
||||
CFS maintains a time-ordered rbtree, where all runnable tasks are sorted by the
|
||||
p->se.vruntime key (there is a subtraction using rq->cfs.min_vruntime to
|
||||
account for possible wraparounds). CFS picks the "leftmost" task from this
|
||||
tree and sticks to it.
|
||||
As the system progresses forwards, the executed tasks are put into the tree
|
||||
more and more to the right --- slowly but surely giving a chance for every task
|
||||
to become the "leftmost task" and thus get on the CPU within a deterministic
|
||||
amount of time.
|
||||
|
||||
Summing up, CFS works like this: it runs a task a bit, and when the task
|
||||
schedules (or a scheduler tick happens) the task's CPU usage is "accounted
|
||||
for": the (small) time it just spent using the physical CPU is added to
|
||||
p->se.vruntime. Once p->se.vruntime gets high enough so that another task
|
||||
becomes the "leftmost task" of the time-ordered rbtree it maintains (plus a
|
||||
small amount of "granularity" distance relative to the leftmost task so that we
|
||||
do not over-schedule tasks and trash the cache), then the new leftmost task is
|
||||
picked and the current task is preempted.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. SOME FEATURES OF CFS
|
||||
|
||||
CFS uses nanosecond granularity accounting and does not rely on any jiffies or
|
||||
other HZ detail. Thus the CFS scheduler has no notion of "timeslices" in the
|
||||
way the previous scheduler had, and has no heuristics whatsoever. There is
|
||||
only one central tunable (you have to switch on CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG):
|
||||
|
||||
/proc/sys/kernel/sched_granularity_ns
|
||||
|
||||
which can be used to tune the scheduler from "desktop" (i.e., low latencies) to
|
||||
"server" (i.e., good batching) workloads. It defaults to a setting suitable
|
||||
for desktop workloads. SCHED_BATCH is handled by the CFS scheduler module too.
|
||||
|
||||
Due to its design, the CFS scheduler is not prone to any of the "attacks" that
|
||||
exist today against the heuristics of the stock scheduler: fiftyp.c, thud.c,
|
||||
chew.c, ring-test.c, massive_intr.c all work fine and do not impact
|
||||
interactivity and produce the expected behavior.
|
||||
|
||||
The CFS scheduler has a much stronger handling of nice levels and SCHED_BATCH
|
||||
than the previous vanilla scheduler: both types of workloads are isolated much
|
||||
more aggressively.
|
||||
|
||||
SMP load-balancing has been reworked/sanitized: the runqueue-walking
|
||||
assumptions are gone from the load-balancing code now, and iterators of the
|
||||
scheduling modules are used. The balancing code got quite a bit simpler as a
|
||||
result.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5. Scheduling policies
|
||||
|
||||
CFS implements three scheduling policies:
|
||||
|
||||
- SCHED_NORMAL (traditionally called SCHED_OTHER): The scheduling
|
||||
policy that is used for regular tasks.
|
||||
|
||||
- SCHED_BATCH: Does not preempt nearly as often as regular tasks
|
||||
would, thereby allowing tasks to run longer and make better use of
|
||||
caches but at the cost of interactivity. This is well suited for
|
||||
batch jobs.
|
||||
|
||||
- SCHED_IDLE: This is even weaker than nice 19, but its not a true
|
||||
idle timer scheduler in order to avoid to get into priority
|
||||
inversion problems which would deadlock the machine.
|
||||
|
||||
SCHED_FIFO/_RR are implemented in sched_rt.c and are as specified by
|
||||
POSIX.
|
||||
|
||||
The command chrt from util-linux-ng 2.13.1.1 can set all of these except
|
||||
SCHED_IDLE.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
6. SCHEDULING CLASSES
|
||||
|
||||
The new CFS scheduler has been designed in such a way to introduce "Scheduling
|
||||
Classes," an extensible hierarchy of scheduler modules. These modules
|
||||
encapsulate scheduling policy details and are handled by the scheduler core
|
||||
without the core code assuming too much about them.
|
||||
|
||||
sched_fair.c implements the CFS scheduler described above.
|
||||
|
||||
sched_rt.c implements SCHED_FIFO and SCHED_RR semantics, in a simpler way than
|
||||
the previous vanilla scheduler did. It uses 100 runqueues (for all 100 RT
|
||||
priority levels, instead of 140 in the previous scheduler) and it needs no
|
||||
expired array.
|
||||
|
||||
Scheduling classes are implemented through the sched_class structure, which
|
||||
contains hooks to functions that must be called whenever an interesting event
|
||||
occurs.
|
||||
|
||||
This is the (partial) list of the hooks:
|
||||
|
||||
- enqueue_task(...)
|
||||
|
||||
Called when a task enters a runnable state.
|
||||
It puts the scheduling entity (task) into the red-black tree and
|
||||
increments the nr_running variable.
|
||||
|
||||
- dequeue_tree(...)
|
||||
|
||||
When a task is no longer runnable, this function is called to keep the
|
||||
corresponding scheduling entity out of the red-black tree. It decrements
|
||||
the nr_running variable.
|
||||
|
||||
- yield_task(...)
|
||||
|
||||
This function is basically just a dequeue followed by an enqueue, unless the
|
||||
compat_yield sysctl is turned on; in that case, it places the scheduling
|
||||
entity at the right-most end of the red-black tree.
|
||||
|
||||
- check_preempt_curr(...)
|
||||
|
||||
This function checks if a task that entered the runnable state should
|
||||
preempt the currently running task.
|
||||
|
||||
- pick_next_task(...)
|
||||
|
||||
This function chooses the most appropriate task eligible to run next.
|
||||
|
||||
- set_curr_task(...)
|
||||
|
||||
This function is called when a task changes its scheduling class or changes
|
||||
its task group.
|
||||
|
||||
- task_tick(...)
|
||||
|
||||
This function is mostly called from time tick functions; it might lead to
|
||||
process switch. This drives the running preemption.
|
||||
|
||||
- task_new(...)
|
||||
|
||||
The core scheduler gives the scheduling module an opportunity to manage new
|
||||
task startup. The CFS scheduling module uses it for group scheduling, while
|
||||
the scheduling module for a real-time task does not use it.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
7. GROUP SCHEDULER EXTENSIONS TO CFS
|
||||
|
||||
Normally, the scheduler operates on individual tasks and strives to provide
|
||||
fair CPU time to each task. Sometimes, it may be desirable to group tasks and
|
||||
provide fair CPU time to each such task group. For example, it may be
|
||||
desirable to first provide fair CPU time to each user on the system and then to
|
||||
each task belonging to a user.
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG_GROUP_SCHED strives to achieve exactly that. It lets tasks to be
|
||||
grouped and divides CPU time fairly among such groups.
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG_RT_GROUP_SCHED permits to group real-time (i.e., SCHED_FIFO and
|
||||
SCHED_RR) tasks.
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG_FAIR_GROUP_SCHED permits to group CFS (i.e., SCHED_NORMAL and
|
||||
SCHED_BATCH) tasks.
|
||||
|
||||
At present, there are two (mutually exclusive) mechanisms to group tasks for
|
||||
CPU bandwidth control purposes:
|
||||
|
||||
- Based on user id (CONFIG_USER_SCHED)
|
||||
|
||||
With this option, tasks are grouped according to their user id.
|
||||
|
||||
- Based on "cgroup" pseudo filesystem (CONFIG_CGROUP_SCHED)
|
||||
|
||||
This options needs CONFIG_CGROUPS to be defined, and lets the administrator
|
||||
create arbitrary groups of tasks, using the "cgroup" pseudo filesystem. See
|
||||
Documentation/cgroups.txt for more information about this filesystem.
|
||||
|
||||
Only one of these options to group tasks can be chosen and not both.
|
||||
|
||||
Group scheduler tunables:
|
||||
|
||||
When CONFIG_FAIR_USER_SCHED is defined, a directory is created in sysfs for
|
||||
each new user and a "cpu_share" file is added in that directory.
|
||||
When CONFIG_USER_SCHED is defined, a directory is created in sysfs for each new
|
||||
user and a "cpu_share" file is added in that directory.
|
||||
|
||||
# cd /sys/kernel/uids
|
||||
# cat 512/cpu_share # Display user 512's CPU share
|
||||
@ -155,16 +246,14 @@ each new user and a "cpu_share" file is added in that directory.
|
||||
2048
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
CPU bandwidth between two users are divided in the ratio of their CPU shares.
|
||||
For ex: if you would like user "root" to get twice the bandwidth of user
|
||||
"guest", then set the cpu_share for both the users such that "root"'s
|
||||
cpu_share is twice "guest"'s cpu_share
|
||||
CPU bandwidth between two users is divided in the ratio of their CPU shares.
|
||||
For example: if you would like user "root" to get twice the bandwidth of user
|
||||
"guest," then set the cpu_share for both the users such that "root"'s cpu_share
|
||||
is twice "guest"'s cpu_share.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
When CONFIG_FAIR_CGROUP_SCHED is defined, a "cpu.shares" file is created
|
||||
for each group created using the pseudo filesystem. See example steps
|
||||
below to create task groups and modify their CPU share using the "cgroups"
|
||||
pseudo filesystem
|
||||
When CONFIG_CGROUP_SCHED is defined, a "cpu.shares" file is created for each
|
||||
group created using the pseudo filesystem. See example steps below to create
|
||||
task groups and modify their CPU share using the "cgroups" pseudo filesystem.
|
||||
|
||||
# mkdir /dev/cpuctl
|
||||
# mount -t cgroup -ocpu none /dev/cpuctl
|
||||
|
@ -436,6 +436,42 @@ Other:
|
||||
was updated to remove all vports for the fc_host as well.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Transport supplied functions
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The following functions are supplied by the FC-transport for use by LLDs.
|
||||
|
||||
fc_vport_create - create a vport
|
||||
fc_vport_terminate - detach and remove a vport
|
||||
|
||||
Details:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* fc_vport_create - Admin App or LLDD requests creation of a vport
|
||||
* @shost: scsi host the virtual port is connected to.
|
||||
* @ids: The world wide names, FC4 port roles, etc for
|
||||
* the virtual port.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Notes:
|
||||
* This routine assumes no locks are held on entry.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct fc_vport *
|
||||
fc_vport_create(struct Scsi_Host *shost, struct fc_vport_identifiers *ids)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* fc_vport_terminate - Admin App or LLDD requests termination of a vport
|
||||
* @vport: fc_vport to be terminated
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Calls the LLDD vport_delete() function, then deallocates and removes
|
||||
* the vport from the shost and object tree.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Notes:
|
||||
* This routine assumes no locks are held on entry.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int
|
||||
fc_vport_terminate(struct fc_vport *vport)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Credits
|
||||
=======
|
||||
The following people have contributed to this document:
|
||||
|
@ -746,8 +746,10 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
|
||||
Module snd-hda-intel
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Module for Intel HD Audio (ICH6, ICH6M, ESB2, ICH7, ICH8),
|
||||
ATI SB450, SB600, RS600,
|
||||
Module for Intel HD Audio (ICH6, ICH6M, ESB2, ICH7, ICH8, ICH9, ICH10,
|
||||
PCH, SCH),
|
||||
ATI SB450, SB600, R600, RS600, RS690, RS780, RV610, RV620,
|
||||
RV630, RV635, RV670, RV770,
|
||||
VIA VT8251/VT8237A,
|
||||
SIS966, ULI M5461
|
||||
|
||||
@ -807,6 +809,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
|
||||
ALC260
|
||||
hp HP machines
|
||||
hp-3013 HP machines (3013-variant)
|
||||
hp-dc7600 HP DC7600
|
||||
fujitsu Fujitsu S7020
|
||||
acer Acer TravelMate
|
||||
will Will laptops (PB V7900)
|
||||
@ -828,8 +831,11 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
|
||||
hippo Hippo (ATI) with jack detection, Sony UX-90s
|
||||
hippo_1 Hippo (Benq) with jack detection
|
||||
sony-assamd Sony ASSAMD
|
||||
toshiba-s06 Toshiba S06
|
||||
toshiba-rx1 Toshiba RX1
|
||||
ultra Samsung Q1 Ultra Vista model
|
||||
lenovo-3000 Lenovo 3000 y410
|
||||
nec NEC Versa S9100
|
||||
basic fixed pin assignment w/o SPDIF
|
||||
auto auto-config reading BIOS (default)
|
||||
|
||||
@ -838,6 +844,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
|
||||
3stack 3-stack model
|
||||
toshiba Toshiba A205
|
||||
acer Acer laptops
|
||||
acer-aspire Acer Aspire One
|
||||
dell Dell OEM laptops (Vostro 1200)
|
||||
zepto Zepto laptops
|
||||
test for testing/debugging purpose, almost all controls can
|
||||
@ -847,6 +854,9 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
|
||||
|
||||
ALC269
|
||||
basic Basic preset
|
||||
quanta Quanta FL1
|
||||
eeepc-p703 ASUS Eeepc P703 P900A
|
||||
eeepc-p901 ASUS Eeepc P901 S101
|
||||
|
||||
ALC662/663
|
||||
3stack-dig 3-stack (2-channel) with SPDIF
|
||||
@ -856,10 +866,17 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
|
||||
lenovo-101e Lenovo laptop
|
||||
eeepc-p701 ASUS Eeepc P701
|
||||
eeepc-ep20 ASUS Eeepc EP20
|
||||
ecs ECS/Foxconn mobo
|
||||
m51va ASUS M51VA
|
||||
g71v ASUS G71V
|
||||
h13 ASUS H13
|
||||
g50v ASUS G50V
|
||||
asus-mode1 ASUS
|
||||
asus-mode2 ASUS
|
||||
asus-mode3 ASUS
|
||||
asus-mode4 ASUS
|
||||
asus-mode5 ASUS
|
||||
asus-mode6 ASUS
|
||||
auto auto-config reading BIOS (default)
|
||||
|
||||
ALC882/885
|
||||
@ -891,12 +908,14 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
|
||||
lenovo-101e Lenovo 101E
|
||||
lenovo-nb0763 Lenovo NB0763
|
||||
lenovo-ms7195-dig Lenovo MS7195
|
||||
lenovo-sky Lenovo Sky
|
||||
haier-w66 Haier W66
|
||||
3stack-hp HP machines with 3stack (Lucknow, Samba boards)
|
||||
6stack-dell Dell machines with 6stack (Inspiron 530)
|
||||
mitac Mitac 8252D
|
||||
clevo-m720 Clevo M720 laptop series
|
||||
fujitsu-pi2515 Fujitsu AMILO Pi2515
|
||||
3stack-6ch-intel Intel DG33* boards
|
||||
auto auto-config reading BIOS (default)
|
||||
|
||||
ALC861/660
|
||||
@ -929,7 +948,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
|
||||
allout 5-jack in back, 2-jack in front, SPDIF out
|
||||
auto auto-config reading BIOS (default)
|
||||
|
||||
AD1882
|
||||
AD1882 / AD1882A
|
||||
3stack 3-stack mode (default)
|
||||
6stack 6-stack mode
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1079,7 +1098,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
|
||||
register value without FIFO size correction as the current
|
||||
DMA pointer. position_fix=2 will make the driver to use
|
||||
the position buffer instead of reading SD_LPIB register.
|
||||
(Usually SD_LPLIB register is more accurate than the
|
||||
(Usually SD_LPIB register is more accurate than the
|
||||
position buffer.)
|
||||
|
||||
NB: If you get many "azx_get_response timeout" messages at
|
||||
@ -1166,6 +1185,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
|
||||
* Event Electronics, EZ8
|
||||
* Digigram VX442
|
||||
* Lionstracs, Mediastaton
|
||||
* Terrasoniq TS 88
|
||||
|
||||
model - Use the given board model, one of the following:
|
||||
delta1010, dio2496, delta66, delta44, audiophile, delta410,
|
||||
@ -1200,7 +1220,10 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
|
||||
* TerraTec Phase 22
|
||||
* TerraTec Phase 28
|
||||
* AudioTrak Prodigy 7.1
|
||||
* AudioTrak Prodigy 7.1LT
|
||||
* AudioTrak Prodigy 7.1 LT
|
||||
* AudioTrak Prodigy 7.1 XT
|
||||
* AudioTrak Prodigy 7.1 HIFI
|
||||
* AudioTrak Prodigy 7.1 HD2
|
||||
* AudioTrak Prodigy 192
|
||||
* Pontis MS300
|
||||
* Albatron K8X800 Pro II
|
||||
@ -1211,12 +1234,16 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
|
||||
* Shuttle SN25P
|
||||
* Onkyo SE-90PCI
|
||||
* Onkyo SE-200PCI
|
||||
* ESI Juli@
|
||||
* Hercules Fortissimo IV
|
||||
* EGO-SYS WaveTerminal 192M
|
||||
|
||||
model - Use the given board model, one of the following:
|
||||
revo51, revo71, amp2000, prodigy71, prodigy71lt,
|
||||
prodigy192, aureon51, aureon71, universe, ap192,
|
||||
k8x800, phase22, phase28, ms300, av710, se200pci,
|
||||
se90pci
|
||||
prodigy71xt, prodigy71hifi, prodigyhd2, prodigy192,
|
||||
juli, aureon51, aureon71, universe, ap192, k8x800,
|
||||
phase22, phase28, ms300, av710, se200pci, se90pci,
|
||||
fortissimo4, sn25p, WT192M
|
||||
|
||||
This module supports multiple cards and autoprobe.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1255,7 +1282,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
|
||||
|
||||
Module for AC'97 motherboards from Intel and compatibles.
|
||||
* Intel i810/810E, i815, i820, i830, i84x, MX440
|
||||
ICH5, ICH6, ICH7, ESB2
|
||||
ICH5, ICH6, ICH7, 6300ESB, ESB2
|
||||
* SiS 7012 (SiS 735)
|
||||
* NVidia NForce, NForce2, NForce3, MCP04, CK804
|
||||
CK8, CK8S, MCP501
|
||||
@ -1951,6 +1978,8 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
|
||||
* CHIC True Sound 4Dwave
|
||||
* Shark Predator4D-PCI
|
||||
* Jaton SonicWave 4D
|
||||
* SiS SI7018 PCI Audio
|
||||
* Hoontech SoundTrack Digital 4DWave NX
|
||||
|
||||
pcm_channels - max channels (voices) reserved for PCM
|
||||
wavetable_size - max wavetable size in kB (4-?kb)
|
||||
@ -1966,12 +1995,25 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
|
||||
|
||||
vid - Vendor ID for the device (optional)
|
||||
pid - Product ID for the device (optional)
|
||||
nrpacks - Max. number of packets per URB (default: 8)
|
||||
async_unlink - Use async unlink mode (default: yes)
|
||||
device_setup - Device specific magic number (optional)
|
||||
- Influence depends on the device
|
||||
- Default: 0x0000
|
||||
ignore_ctl_error - Ignore any USB-controller regarding mixer
|
||||
interface (default: no)
|
||||
|
||||
This module supports multiple devices, autoprobe and hotplugging.
|
||||
|
||||
NB: nrpacks parameter can be modified dynamically via sysfs.
|
||||
Don't put the value over 20. Changing via sysfs has no sanity
|
||||
check.
|
||||
NB: async_unlink=0 would cause Oops. It remains just for
|
||||
debugging purpose (if any).
|
||||
NB: ignore_ctl_error=1 may help when you get an error at accessing
|
||||
the mixer element such as URB error -22. This happens on some
|
||||
buggy USB device or the controller.
|
||||
|
||||
Module snd-usb-caiaq
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
@ -2078,7 +2120,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
|
||||
-------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Module for sound cards based on the Asus AV100/AV200 chips,
|
||||
i.e., Xonar D1, DX, D2 and D2X.
|
||||
i.e., Xonar D1, DX, D2, D2X and HDAV1.3 (Deluxe).
|
||||
|
||||
This module supports autoprobe and multiple cards.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -5073,8 +5073,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
|
||||
with <constant>SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_CONTINUOUS</constant> type and the
|
||||
<function>snd_dma_continuous_data(GFP_KERNEL)</function> device pointer,
|
||||
where <constant>GFP_KERNEL</constant> is the kernel allocation flag to
|
||||
use. For the SBUS, <constant>SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_SBUS</constant> and
|
||||
<function>snd_dma_sbus_data(sbus_dev)</function> are used instead.
|
||||
use.
|
||||
For the PCI scatter-gather buffers, use
|
||||
<constant>SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV_SG</constant> with
|
||||
<function>snd_dma_pci_data(pci)</function>
|
||||
@ -6135,44 +6134,58 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
|
||||
<section id="useful-functions-snd-assert">
|
||||
<title><function>snd_assert()</function></title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<function>snd_assert()</function> macro is similar with the
|
||||
normal <function>assert()</function> macro. For example,
|
||||
|
||||
<informalexample>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
<![CDATA[
|
||||
snd_assert(pointer != NULL, return -EINVAL);
|
||||
]]>
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</informalexample>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The first argument is the expression to evaluate, and the
|
||||
second argument is the action if it fails. When
|
||||
<constant>CONFIG_SND_DEBUG</constant>, is set, it will show an
|
||||
error message such as <computeroutput>BUG? (xxx)</computeroutput>
|
||||
together with stack trace.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When no debug flag is set, this macro is ignored.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
|
||||
<section id="useful-functions-snd-bug">
|
||||
<title><function>snd_BUG()</function></title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
It shows the <computeroutput>BUG?</computeroutput> message and
|
||||
stack trace as well as <function>snd_assert</function> at the point.
|
||||
stack trace as well as <function>snd_BUG_ON</function> at the point.
|
||||
It's useful to show that a fatal error happens there.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When no debug flag is set, this macro is ignored.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
|
||||
<section id="useful-functions-snd-bug-on">
|
||||
<title><function>snd_BUG_ON()</function></title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<function>snd_BUG_ON()</function> macro is similar with
|
||||
<function>WARN_ON()</function> macro. For example,
|
||||
|
||||
<informalexample>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
<![CDATA[
|
||||
snd_BUG_ON(!pointer);
|
||||
]]>
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</informalexample>
|
||||
|
||||
or it can be used as the condition,
|
||||
<informalexample>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
<![CDATA[
|
||||
if (snd_BUG_ON(non_zero_is_bug))
|
||||
return -EINVAL;
|
||||
]]>
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</informalexample>
|
||||
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The macro takes an conditional expression to evaluate.
|
||||
When <constant>CONFIG_SND_DEBUG</constant>, is set, the
|
||||
expression is actually evaluated. If it's non-zero, it shows
|
||||
the warning message such as
|
||||
<computeroutput>BUG? (xxx)</computeroutput>
|
||||
normally followed by stack trace. It returns the evaluated
|
||||
value.
|
||||
When no <constant>CONFIG_SND_DEBUG</constant> is set, this
|
||||
macro always returns zero.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -135,11 +135,7 @@ when the Mic is inserted:-
|
||||
|
||||
static int spitz_mic_bias(struct snd_soc_dapm_widget* w, int event)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(SND_SOC_DAPM_EVENT_ON(event))
|
||||
set_scoop_gpio(&spitzscoop2_device.dev, SPITZ_SCP2_MIC_BIAS);
|
||||
else
|
||||
reset_scoop_gpio(&spitzscoop2_device.dev, SPITZ_SCP2_MIC_BIAS);
|
||||
|
||||
gpio_set_value(SPITZ_GPIO_MIC_BIAS, SND_SOC_DAPM_EVENT_ON(event));
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -269,11 +265,7 @@ powered only when the spk is in use.
|
||||
/* turn speaker amplifier on/off depending on use */
|
||||
static int corgi_amp_event(struct snd_soc_dapm_widget *w, int event)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (SND_SOC_DAPM_EVENT_ON(event))
|
||||
set_scoop_gpio(&corgiscoop_device.dev, CORGI_SCP_APM_ON);
|
||||
else
|
||||
reset_scoop_gpio(&corgiscoop_device.dev, CORGI_SCP_APM_ON);
|
||||
|
||||
gpio_set_value(CORGI_GPIO_APM_ON, SND_SOC_DAPM_EVENT_ON(event));
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,309 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
Writing SBUS Drivers
|
||||
|
||||
David S. Miller (davem@redhat.com)
|
||||
|
||||
The SBUS driver interfaces of the Linux kernel have been
|
||||
revamped completely for 2.4.x for several reasons. Foremost were
|
||||
performance and complexity concerns. This document details these
|
||||
new interfaces and how they are used to write an SBUS device driver.
|
||||
|
||||
SBUS drivers need to include <asm/sbus.h> to get access
|
||||
to functions and structures described here.
|
||||
|
||||
Probing and Detection
|
||||
|
||||
Each SBUS device inside the machine is described by a
|
||||
structure called "struct sbus_dev". Likewise, each SBUS bus
|
||||
found in the system is described by a "struct sbus_bus". For
|
||||
each SBUS bus, the devices underneath are hung in a tree-like
|
||||
fashion off of the bus structure.
|
||||
|
||||
The SBUS device structure contains enough information
|
||||
for you to implement your device probing algorithm and obtain
|
||||
the bits necessary to run your device. The most commonly
|
||||
used members of this structure, and their typical usage,
|
||||
will be detailed below.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is a piece of skeleton code for performing a device
|
||||
probe in an SBUS driver under Linux:
|
||||
|
||||
static int __devinit mydevice_probe_one(struct sbus_dev *sdev)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct mysdevice *mp = kzalloc(sizeof(*mp), GFP_KERNEL);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!mp)
|
||||
return -ENODEV;
|
||||
|
||||
...
|
||||
dev_set_drvdata(&sdev->ofdev.dev, mp);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int __devinit mydevice_probe(struct of_device *dev,
|
||||
const struct of_device_id *match)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct sbus_dev *sdev = to_sbus_device(&dev->dev);
|
||||
|
||||
return mydevice_probe_one(sdev);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int __devexit mydevice_remove(struct of_device *dev)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct sbus_dev *sdev = to_sbus_device(&dev->dev);
|
||||
struct mydevice *mp = dev_get_drvdata(&dev->dev);
|
||||
|
||||
return mydevice_remove_one(sdev, mp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static struct of_device_id mydevice_match[] = {
|
||||
{
|
||||
.name = "mydevice",
|
||||
},
|
||||
{},
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(of, mydevice_match);
|
||||
|
||||
static struct of_platform_driver mydevice_driver = {
|
||||
.match_table = mydevice_match,
|
||||
.probe = mydevice_probe,
|
||||
.remove = __devexit_p(mydevice_remove),
|
||||
.driver = {
|
||||
.name = "mydevice",
|
||||
},
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static int __init mydevice_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return of_register_driver(&mydevice_driver, &sbus_bus_type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void __exit mydevice_exit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
of_unregister_driver(&mydevice_driver);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
module_init(mydevice_init);
|
||||
module_exit(mydevice_exit);
|
||||
|
||||
The mydevice_match table is a series of entries which
|
||||
describes what SBUS devices your driver is meant for. In the
|
||||
simplest case you specify a string for the 'name' field. Every
|
||||
SBUS device with a 'name' property matching your string will
|
||||
be passed one-by-one to your .probe method.
|
||||
|
||||
You should store away your device private state structure
|
||||
pointer in the drvdata area so that you can retrieve it later on
|
||||
in your .remove method.
|
||||
|
||||
Any memory allocated, registers mapped, IRQs registered,
|
||||
etc. must be undone by your .remove method so that all resources
|
||||
of your device are released by the time it returns.
|
||||
|
||||
You should _NOT_ use the for_each_sbus(), for_each_sbusdev(),
|
||||
and for_all_sbusdev() interfaces. They are deprecated, will be
|
||||
removed, and no new driver should reference them ever.
|
||||
|
||||
Mapping and Accessing I/O Registers
|
||||
|
||||
Each SBUS device structure contains an array of descriptors
|
||||
which describe each register set. We abuse struct resource for that.
|
||||
They each correspond to the "reg" properties provided by the OBP firmware.
|
||||
|
||||
Before you can access your device's registers you must map
|
||||
them. And later if you wish to shutdown your driver (for module
|
||||
unload or similar) you must unmap them. You must treat them as
|
||||
a resource, which you allocate (map) before using and free up
|
||||
(unmap) when you are done with it.
|
||||
|
||||
The mapping information is stored in an opaque value
|
||||
typed as an "unsigned long". This is the type of the return value
|
||||
of the mapping interface, and the arguments to the unmapping
|
||||
interface. Let's say you want to map the first set of registers.
|
||||
Perhaps part of your driver software state structure looks like:
|
||||
|
||||
struct mydevice {
|
||||
unsigned long control_regs;
|
||||
...
|
||||
struct sbus_dev *sdev;
|
||||
...
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
At initialization time you then use the sbus_ioremap
|
||||
interface to map in your registers, like so:
|
||||
|
||||
static void init_one_mydevice(struct sbus_dev *sdev)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct mydevice *mp;
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
mp->control_regs = sbus_ioremap(&sdev->resource[0], 0,
|
||||
CONTROL_REGS_SIZE, "mydevice regs");
|
||||
if (!mp->control_regs) {
|
||||
/* Failure, cleanup and return. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Second argument to sbus_ioremap is an offset for
|
||||
cranky devices with broken OBP PROM. The sbus_ioremap uses only
|
||||
a start address and flags from the resource structure.
|
||||
Therefore it is possible to use the same resource to map
|
||||
several sets of registers or even to fabricate a resource
|
||||
structure if driver gets physical address from some private place.
|
||||
This practice is discouraged though. Use whatever OBP PROM
|
||||
provided to you.
|
||||
|
||||
And here is how you might unmap these registers later at
|
||||
driver shutdown or module unload time, using the sbus_iounmap
|
||||
interface:
|
||||
|
||||
static void mydevice_unmap_regs(struct mydevice *mp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sbus_iounmap(mp->control_regs, CONTROL_REGS_SIZE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, to actually access your registers there are 6
|
||||
interface routines at your disposal. Accesses are byte (8 bit),
|
||||
word (16 bit), or longword (32 bit) sized. Here they are:
|
||||
|
||||
u8 sbus_readb(unsigned long reg) /* read byte */
|
||||
u16 sbus_readw(unsigned long reg) /* read word */
|
||||
u32 sbus_readl(unsigned long reg) /* read longword */
|
||||
void sbus_writeb(u8 value, unsigned long reg) /* write byte */
|
||||
void sbus_writew(u16 value, unsigned long reg) /* write word */
|
||||
void sbus_writel(u32 value, unsigned long reg) /* write longword */
|
||||
|
||||
So, let's say your device has a control register of some sort
|
||||
at offset zero. The following might implement resetting your device:
|
||||
|
||||
#define CONTROL 0x00UL
|
||||
|
||||
#define CONTROL_RESET 0x00000001 /* Reset hardware */
|
||||
|
||||
static void mydevice_reset(struct mydevice *mp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sbus_writel(CONTROL_RESET, mp->regs + CONTROL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Or perhaps there is a data port register at an offset of
|
||||
16 bytes which allows you to read bytes from a fifo in the device:
|
||||
|
||||
#define DATA 0x10UL
|
||||
|
||||
static u8 mydevice_get_byte(struct mydevice *mp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return sbus_readb(mp->regs + DATA);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
It's pretty straightforward, and clueful readers may have
|
||||
noticed that these interfaces mimick the PCI interfaces of the
|
||||
Linux kernel. This was not by accident.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING:
|
||||
|
||||
DO NOT try to treat these opaque register mapping
|
||||
values as a memory mapped pointer to some structure
|
||||
which you can dereference.
|
||||
|
||||
It may be memory mapped, it may not be. In fact it
|
||||
could be a physical address, or it could be the time
|
||||
of day xor'd with 0xdeadbeef. :-)
|
||||
|
||||
Whatever it is, it's an implementation detail. The
|
||||
interface was done this way to shield the driver
|
||||
author from such complexities.
|
||||
|
||||
Doing DVMA
|
||||
|
||||
SBUS devices can perform DMA transactions in a way similar
|
||||
to PCI but dissimilar to ISA, e.g. DMA masters supply address.
|
||||
In contrast to PCI, however, that address (a bus address) is
|
||||
translated by IOMMU before a memory access is performed and therefore
|
||||
it is virtual. Sun calls this procedure DVMA.
|
||||
|
||||
Linux supports two styles of using SBUS DVMA: "consistent memory"
|
||||
and "streaming DVMA". CPU view of consistent memory chunk is, well,
|
||||
consistent with a view of a device. Think of it as an uncached memory.
|
||||
Typically this way of doing DVMA is not very fast and drivers use it
|
||||
mostly for control blocks or queues. On some CPUs we cannot flush or
|
||||
invalidate individual pages or cache lines and doing explicit flushing
|
||||
over ever little byte in every control block would be wasteful.
|
||||
|
||||
Streaming DVMA is a preferred way to transfer large amounts of data.
|
||||
This process works in the following way:
|
||||
1. a CPU stops accessing a certain part of memory,
|
||||
flushes its caches covering that memory;
|
||||
2. a device does DVMA accesses, then posts an interrupt;
|
||||
3. CPU invalidates its caches and starts to access the memory.
|
||||
|
||||
A single streaming DVMA operation can touch several discontiguous
|
||||
regions of a virtual bus address space. This is called a scatter-gather
|
||||
DVMA.
|
||||
|
||||
[TBD: Why do not we neither Solaris attempt to map disjoint pages
|
||||
into a single virtual chunk with the help of IOMMU, so that non SG
|
||||
DVMA masters would do SG? It'd be very helpful for RAID.]
|
||||
|
||||
In order to perform a consistent DVMA a driver does something
|
||||
like the following:
|
||||
|
||||
char *mem; /* Address in the CPU space */
|
||||
u32 busa; /* Address in the SBus space */
|
||||
|
||||
mem = (char *) sbus_alloc_consistent(sdev, MYMEMSIZE, &busa);
|
||||
|
||||
Then mem is used when CPU accesses this memory and u32
|
||||
is fed to the device so that it can do DVMA. This is typically
|
||||
done with an sbus_writel() into some device register.
|
||||
|
||||
Do not forget to free the DVMA resources once you are done:
|
||||
|
||||
sbus_free_consistent(sdev, MYMEMSIZE, mem, busa);
|
||||
|
||||
Streaming DVMA is more interesting. First you allocate some
|
||||
memory suitable for it or pin down some user pages. Then it all works
|
||||
like this:
|
||||
|
||||
char *mem = argumen1;
|
||||
unsigned int size = argument2;
|
||||
u32 busa; /* Address in the SBus space */
|
||||
|
||||
*mem = 1; /* CPU can access */
|
||||
busa = sbus_map_single(sdev, mem, size);
|
||||
if (busa == 0) .......
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell the device to use busa here */
|
||||
/* CPU cannot access the memory without sbus_dma_sync_single() */
|
||||
|
||||
sbus_unmap_single(sdev, busa, size);
|
||||
if (*mem == 0) .... /* CPU can access again */
|
||||
|
||||
It is possible to retain mappings and ask the device to
|
||||
access data again and again without calling sbus_unmap_single.
|
||||
However, CPU caches must be invalidated with sbus_dma_sync_single
|
||||
before such access.
|
||||
|
||||
[TBD but what about writeback caches here... do we have any?]
|
||||
|
||||
There is an equivalent set of functions doing the same thing
|
||||
only with several memory segments at once for devices capable of
|
||||
scatter-gather transfers. Use the Source, Luke.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples
|
||||
|
||||
drivers/net/sunhme.c
|
||||
This is a complicated driver which illustrates many concepts
|
||||
discussed above and plus it handles both PCI and SBUS boards.
|
||||
|
||||
drivers/scsi/esp.c
|
||||
Check it out for scatter-gather DVMA.
|
||||
|
||||
drivers/sbus/char/bpp.c
|
||||
A non-DVMA device.
|
||||
|
||||
drivers/net/sunlance.c
|
||||
Lance driver abuses consistent mappings for data transfer.
|
||||
It is a nifty trick which we do not particularly recommend...
|
||||
Just check it out and know that it's legal.
|
@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
|
||||
45 -> Pinnacle PCTV DVB-T (em2870)
|
||||
46 -> Compro, VideoMate U3 (em2870) [185b:2870]
|
||||
47 -> KWorld DVB-T 305U (em2880) [eb1a:e305]
|
||||
48 -> KWorld DVB-T 310U (em2880)
|
||||
48 -> KWorld DVB-T 310U (em2880) [eb1a:e310]
|
||||
49 -> MSI DigiVox A/D (em2880) [eb1a:e310]
|
||||
50 -> MSI DigiVox A/D II (em2880) [eb1a:e320]
|
||||
51 -> Terratec Hybrid XS Secam (em2880) [0ccd:004c]
|
||||
|
@ -190,6 +190,7 @@ pac7311 093a:260f SnakeCam
|
||||
pac7311 093a:2621 PAC731x
|
||||
pac7311 093a:2624 PAC7302
|
||||
pac7311 093a:2626 Labtec 2200
|
||||
pac7311 093a:262a Webcam 300k
|
||||
zc3xx 0ac8:0302 Z-star Vimicro zc0302
|
||||
vc032x 0ac8:0321 Vimicro generic vc0321
|
||||
vc032x 0ac8:0323 Vimicro Vc0323
|
||||
|
4
Documentation/x86/00-INDEX
Normal file
4
Documentation/x86/00-INDEX
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
00-INDEX
|
||||
- this file
|
||||
mtrr.txt
|
||||
- how to use x86 Memory Type Range Registers to increase performance
|
900
Documentation/x86/boot.txt
Normal file
900
Documentation/x86/boot.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,900 @@
|
||||
THE LINUX/x86 BOOT PROTOCOL
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
On the x86 platform, the Linux kernel uses a rather complicated boot
|
||||
convention. This has evolved partially due to historical aspects, as
|
||||
well as the desire in the early days to have the kernel itself be a
|
||||
bootable image, the complicated PC memory model and due to changed
|
||||
expectations in the PC industry caused by the effective demise of
|
||||
real-mode DOS as a mainstream operating system.
|
||||
|
||||
Currently, the following versions of the Linux/x86 boot protocol exist.
|
||||
|
||||
Old kernels: zImage/Image support only. Some very early kernels
|
||||
may not even support a command line.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.00: (Kernel 1.3.73) Added bzImage and initrd support, as
|
||||
well as a formalized way to communicate between the
|
||||
boot loader and the kernel. setup.S made relocatable,
|
||||
although the traditional setup area still assumed
|
||||
writable.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.01: (Kernel 1.3.76) Added a heap overrun warning.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.02: (Kernel 2.4.0-test3-pre3) New command line protocol.
|
||||
Lower the conventional memory ceiling. No overwrite
|
||||
of the traditional setup area, thus making booting
|
||||
safe for systems which use the EBDA from SMM or 32-bit
|
||||
BIOS entry points. zImage deprecated but still
|
||||
supported.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.03: (Kernel 2.4.18-pre1) Explicitly makes the highest possible
|
||||
initrd address available to the bootloader.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.04: (Kernel 2.6.14) Extend the syssize field to four bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.05: (Kernel 2.6.20) Make protected mode kernel relocatable.
|
||||
Introduce relocatable_kernel and kernel_alignment fields.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.06: (Kernel 2.6.22) Added a field that contains the size of
|
||||
the boot command line.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.07: (Kernel 2.6.24) Added paravirtualised boot protocol.
|
||||
Introduced hardware_subarch and hardware_subarch_data
|
||||
and KEEP_SEGMENTS flag in load_flags.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.08: (Kernel 2.6.26) Added crc32 checksum and ELF format
|
||||
payload. Introduced payload_offset and payload length
|
||||
fields to aid in locating the payload.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.09: (Kernel 2.6.26) Added a field of 64-bit physical
|
||||
pointer to single linked list of struct setup_data.
|
||||
|
||||
**** MEMORY LAYOUT
|
||||
|
||||
The traditional memory map for the kernel loader, used for Image or
|
||||
zImage kernels, typically looks like:
|
||||
|
||||
| |
|
||||
0A0000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Reserved for BIOS | Do not use. Reserved for BIOS EBDA.
|
||||
09A000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Command line |
|
||||
| Stack/heap | For use by the kernel real-mode code.
|
||||
098000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Kernel setup | The kernel real-mode code.
|
||||
090200 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Kernel boot sector | The kernel legacy boot sector.
|
||||
090000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Protected-mode kernel | The bulk of the kernel image.
|
||||
010000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Boot loader | <- Boot sector entry point 0000:7C00
|
||||
001000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Reserved for MBR/BIOS |
|
||||
000800 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Typically used by MBR |
|
||||
000600 +------------------------+
|
||||
| BIOS use only |
|
||||
000000 +------------------------+
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
When using bzImage, the protected-mode kernel was relocated to
|
||||
0x100000 ("high memory"), and the kernel real-mode block (boot sector,
|
||||
setup, and stack/heap) was made relocatable to any address between
|
||||
0x10000 and end of low memory. Unfortunately, in protocols 2.00 and
|
||||
2.01 the 0x90000+ memory range is still used internally by the kernel;
|
||||
the 2.02 protocol resolves that problem.
|
||||
|
||||
It is desirable to keep the "memory ceiling" -- the highest point in
|
||||
low memory touched by the boot loader -- as low as possible, since
|
||||
some newer BIOSes have begun to allocate some rather large amounts of
|
||||
memory, called the Extended BIOS Data Area, near the top of low
|
||||
memory. The boot loader should use the "INT 12h" BIOS call to verify
|
||||
how much low memory is available.
|
||||
|
||||
Unfortunately, if INT 12h reports that the amount of memory is too
|
||||
low, there is usually nothing the boot loader can do but to report an
|
||||
error to the user. The boot loader should therefore be designed to
|
||||
take up as little space in low memory as it reasonably can. For
|
||||
zImage or old bzImage kernels, which need data written into the
|
||||
0x90000 segment, the boot loader should make sure not to use memory
|
||||
above the 0x9A000 point; too many BIOSes will break above that point.
|
||||
|
||||
For a modern bzImage kernel with boot protocol version >= 2.02, a
|
||||
memory layout like the following is suggested:
|
||||
|
||||
~ ~
|
||||
| Protected-mode kernel |
|
||||
100000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| I/O memory hole |
|
||||
0A0000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Reserved for BIOS | Leave as much as possible unused
|
||||
~ ~
|
||||
| Command line | (Can also be below the X+10000 mark)
|
||||
X+10000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Stack/heap | For use by the kernel real-mode code.
|
||||
X+08000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Kernel setup | The kernel real-mode code.
|
||||
| Kernel boot sector | The kernel legacy boot sector.
|
||||
X +------------------------+
|
||||
| Boot loader | <- Boot sector entry point 0000:7C00
|
||||
001000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Reserved for MBR/BIOS |
|
||||
000800 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Typically used by MBR |
|
||||
000600 +------------------------+
|
||||
| BIOS use only |
|
||||
000000 +------------------------+
|
||||
|
||||
... where the address X is as low as the design of the boot loader
|
||||
permits.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** THE REAL-MODE KERNEL HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
In the following text, and anywhere in the kernel boot sequence, "a
|
||||
sector" refers to 512 bytes. It is independent of the actual sector
|
||||
size of the underlying medium.
|
||||
|
||||
The first step in loading a Linux kernel should be to load the
|
||||
real-mode code (boot sector and setup code) and then examine the
|
||||
following header at offset 0x01f1. The real-mode code can total up to
|
||||
32K, although the boot loader may choose to load only the first two
|
||||
sectors (1K) and then examine the bootup sector size.
|
||||
|
||||
The header looks like:
|
||||
|
||||
Offset Proto Name Meaning
|
||||
/Size
|
||||
|
||||
01F1/1 ALL(1 setup_sects The size of the setup in sectors
|
||||
01F2/2 ALL root_flags If set, the root is mounted readonly
|
||||
01F4/4 2.04+(2 syssize The size of the 32-bit code in 16-byte paras
|
||||
01F8/2 ALL ram_size DO NOT USE - for bootsect.S use only
|
||||
01FA/2 ALL vid_mode Video mode control
|
||||
01FC/2 ALL root_dev Default root device number
|
||||
01FE/2 ALL boot_flag 0xAA55 magic number
|
||||
0200/2 2.00+ jump Jump instruction
|
||||
0202/4 2.00+ header Magic signature "HdrS"
|
||||
0206/2 2.00+ version Boot protocol version supported
|
||||
0208/4 2.00+ realmode_swtch Boot loader hook (see below)
|
||||
020C/2 2.00+ start_sys The load-low segment (0x1000) (obsolete)
|
||||
020E/2 2.00+ kernel_version Pointer to kernel version string
|
||||
0210/1 2.00+ type_of_loader Boot loader identifier
|
||||
0211/1 2.00+ loadflags Boot protocol option flags
|
||||
0212/2 2.00+ setup_move_size Move to high memory size (used with hooks)
|
||||
0214/4 2.00+ code32_start Boot loader hook (see below)
|
||||
0218/4 2.00+ ramdisk_image initrd load address (set by boot loader)
|
||||
021C/4 2.00+ ramdisk_size initrd size (set by boot loader)
|
||||
0220/4 2.00+ bootsect_kludge DO NOT USE - for bootsect.S use only
|
||||
0224/2 2.01+ heap_end_ptr Free memory after setup end
|
||||
0226/2 N/A pad1 Unused
|
||||
0228/4 2.02+ cmd_line_ptr 32-bit pointer to the kernel command line
|
||||
022C/4 2.03+ initrd_addr_max Highest legal initrd address
|
||||
0230/4 2.05+ kernel_alignment Physical addr alignment required for kernel
|
||||
0234/1 2.05+ relocatable_kernel Whether kernel is relocatable or not
|
||||
0235/3 N/A pad2 Unused
|
||||
0238/4 2.06+ cmdline_size Maximum size of the kernel command line
|
||||
023C/4 2.07+ hardware_subarch Hardware subarchitecture
|
||||
0240/8 2.07+ hardware_subarch_data Subarchitecture-specific data
|
||||
0248/4 2.08+ payload_offset Offset of kernel payload
|
||||
024C/4 2.08+ payload_length Length of kernel payload
|
||||
0250/8 2.09+ setup_data 64-bit physical pointer to linked list
|
||||
of struct setup_data
|
||||
|
||||
(1) For backwards compatibility, if the setup_sects field contains 0, the
|
||||
real value is 4.
|
||||
|
||||
(2) For boot protocol prior to 2.04, the upper two bytes of the syssize
|
||||
field are unusable, which means the size of a bzImage kernel
|
||||
cannot be determined.
|
||||
|
||||
If the "HdrS" (0x53726448) magic number is not found at offset 0x202,
|
||||
the boot protocol version is "old". Loading an old kernel, the
|
||||
following parameters should be assumed:
|
||||
|
||||
Image type = zImage
|
||||
initrd not supported
|
||||
Real-mode kernel must be located at 0x90000.
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise, the "version" field contains the protocol version,
|
||||
e.g. protocol version 2.01 will contain 0x0201 in this field. When
|
||||
setting fields in the header, you must make sure only to set fields
|
||||
supported by the protocol version in use.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** DETAILS OF HEADER FIELDS
|
||||
|
||||
For each field, some are information from the kernel to the bootloader
|
||||
("read"), some are expected to be filled out by the bootloader
|
||||
("write"), and some are expected to be read and modified by the
|
||||
bootloader ("modify").
|
||||
|
||||
All general purpose boot loaders should write the fields marked
|
||||
(obligatory). Boot loaders who want to load the kernel at a
|
||||
nonstandard address should fill in the fields marked (reloc); other
|
||||
boot loaders can ignore those fields.
|
||||
|
||||
The byte order of all fields is littleendian (this is x86, after all.)
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: setup_sects
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x1f1/1
|
||||
Protocol: ALL
|
||||
|
||||
The size of the setup code in 512-byte sectors. If this field is
|
||||
0, the real value is 4. The real-mode code consists of the boot
|
||||
sector (always one 512-byte sector) plus the setup code.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: root_flags
|
||||
Type: modify (optional)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x1f2/2
|
||||
Protocol: ALL
|
||||
|
||||
If this field is nonzero, the root defaults to readonly. The use of
|
||||
this field is deprecated; use the "ro" or "rw" options on the
|
||||
command line instead.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: syssize
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x1f4/4 (protocol 2.04+) 0x1f4/2 (protocol ALL)
|
||||
Protocol: 2.04+
|
||||
|
||||
The size of the protected-mode code in units of 16-byte paragraphs.
|
||||
For protocol versions older than 2.04 this field is only two bytes
|
||||
wide, and therefore cannot be trusted for the size of a kernel if
|
||||
the LOAD_HIGH flag is set.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: ram_size
|
||||
Type: kernel internal
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x1f8/2
|
||||
Protocol: ALL
|
||||
|
||||
This field is obsolete.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: vid_mode
|
||||
Type: modify (obligatory)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x1fa/2
|
||||
|
||||
Please see the section on SPECIAL COMMAND LINE OPTIONS.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: root_dev
|
||||
Type: modify (optional)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x1fc/2
|
||||
Protocol: ALL
|
||||
|
||||
The default root device device number. The use of this field is
|
||||
deprecated, use the "root=" option on the command line instead.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: boot_flag
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x1fe/2
|
||||
Protocol: ALL
|
||||
|
||||
Contains 0xAA55. This is the closest thing old Linux kernels have
|
||||
to a magic number.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: jump
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x200/2
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
Contains an x86 jump instruction, 0xEB followed by a signed offset
|
||||
relative to byte 0x202. This can be used to determine the size of
|
||||
the header.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: header
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x202/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
Contains the magic number "HdrS" (0x53726448).
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: version
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x206/2
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
Contains the boot protocol version, in (major << 8)+minor format,
|
||||
e.g. 0x0204 for version 2.04, and 0x0a11 for a hypothetical version
|
||||
10.17.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: readmode_swtch
|
||||
Type: modify (optional)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x208/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
Boot loader hook (see ADVANCED BOOT LOADER HOOKS below.)
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: start_sys
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x20c/2
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
The load low segment (0x1000). Obsolete.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: kernel_version
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x20e/2
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
If set to a nonzero value, contains a pointer to a NUL-terminated
|
||||
human-readable kernel version number string, less 0x200. This can
|
||||
be used to display the kernel version to the user. This value
|
||||
should be less than (0x200*setup_sects).
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if this value is set to 0x1c00, the kernel version
|
||||
number string can be found at offset 0x1e00 in the kernel file.
|
||||
This is a valid value if and only if the "setup_sects" field
|
||||
contains the value 15 or higher, as:
|
||||
|
||||
0x1c00 < 15*0x200 (= 0x1e00) but
|
||||
0x1c00 >= 14*0x200 (= 0x1c00)
|
||||
|
||||
0x1c00 >> 9 = 14, so the minimum value for setup_secs is 15.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: type_of_loader
|
||||
Type: write (obligatory)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x210/1
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
If your boot loader has an assigned id (see table below), enter
|
||||
0xTV here, where T is an identifier for the boot loader and V is
|
||||
a version number. Otherwise, enter 0xFF here.
|
||||
|
||||
Assigned boot loader ids:
|
||||
0 LILO (0x00 reserved for pre-2.00 bootloader)
|
||||
1 Loadlin
|
||||
2 bootsect-loader (0x20, all other values reserved)
|
||||
3 SYSLINUX
|
||||
4 EtherBoot
|
||||
5 ELILO
|
||||
7 GRuB
|
||||
8 U-BOOT
|
||||
9 Xen
|
||||
A Gujin
|
||||
B Qemu
|
||||
|
||||
Please contact <hpa@zytor.com> if you need a bootloader ID
|
||||
value assigned.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: loadflags
|
||||
Type: modify (obligatory)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x211/1
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
This field is a bitmask.
|
||||
|
||||
Bit 0 (read): LOADED_HIGH
|
||||
- If 0, the protected-mode code is loaded at 0x10000.
|
||||
- If 1, the protected-mode code is loaded at 0x100000.
|
||||
|
||||
Bit 5 (write): QUIET_FLAG
|
||||
- If 0, print early messages.
|
||||
- If 1, suppress early messages.
|
||||
This requests to the kernel (decompressor and early
|
||||
kernel) to not write early messages that require
|
||||
accessing the display hardware directly.
|
||||
|
||||
Bit 6 (write): KEEP_SEGMENTS
|
||||
Protocol: 2.07+
|
||||
- If 0, reload the segment registers in the 32bit entry point.
|
||||
- If 1, do not reload the segment registers in the 32bit entry point.
|
||||
Assume that %cs %ds %ss %es are all set to flat segments with
|
||||
a base of 0 (or the equivalent for their environment).
|
||||
|
||||
Bit 7 (write): CAN_USE_HEAP
|
||||
Set this bit to 1 to indicate that the value entered in the
|
||||
heap_end_ptr is valid. If this field is clear, some setup code
|
||||
functionality will be disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: setup_move_size
|
||||
Type: modify (obligatory)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x212/2
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00-2.01
|
||||
|
||||
When using protocol 2.00 or 2.01, if the real mode kernel is not
|
||||
loaded at 0x90000, it gets moved there later in the loading
|
||||
sequence. Fill in this field if you want additional data (such as
|
||||
the kernel command line) moved in addition to the real-mode kernel
|
||||
itself.
|
||||
|
||||
The unit is bytes starting with the beginning of the boot sector.
|
||||
|
||||
This field is can be ignored when the protocol is 2.02 or higher, or
|
||||
if the real-mode code is loaded at 0x90000.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: code32_start
|
||||
Type: modify (optional, reloc)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x214/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
The address to jump to in protected mode. This defaults to the load
|
||||
address of the kernel, and can be used by the boot loader to
|
||||
determine the proper load address.
|
||||
|
||||
This field can be modified for two purposes:
|
||||
|
||||
1. as a boot loader hook (see ADVANCED BOOT LOADER HOOKS below.)
|
||||
|
||||
2. if a bootloader which does not install a hook loads a
|
||||
relocatable kernel at a nonstandard address it will have to modify
|
||||
this field to point to the load address.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: ramdisk_image
|
||||
Type: write (obligatory)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x218/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
The 32-bit linear address of the initial ramdisk or ramfs. Leave at
|
||||
zero if there is no initial ramdisk/ramfs.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: ramdisk_size
|
||||
Type: write (obligatory)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x21c/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
Size of the initial ramdisk or ramfs. Leave at zero if there is no
|
||||
initial ramdisk/ramfs.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: bootsect_kludge
|
||||
Type: kernel internal
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x220/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
This field is obsolete.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: heap_end_ptr
|
||||
Type: write (obligatory)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x224/2
|
||||
Protocol: 2.01+
|
||||
|
||||
Set this field to the offset (from the beginning of the real-mode
|
||||
code) of the end of the setup stack/heap, minus 0x0200.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: cmd_line_ptr
|
||||
Type: write (obligatory)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x228/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.02+
|
||||
|
||||
Set this field to the linear address of the kernel command line.
|
||||
The kernel command line can be located anywhere between the end of
|
||||
the setup heap and 0xA0000; it does not have to be located in the
|
||||
same 64K segment as the real-mode code itself.
|
||||
|
||||
Fill in this field even if your boot loader does not support a
|
||||
command line, in which case you can point this to an empty string
|
||||
(or better yet, to the string "auto".) If this field is left at
|
||||
zero, the kernel will assume that your boot loader does not support
|
||||
the 2.02+ protocol.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: initrd_addr_max
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x22c/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.03+
|
||||
|
||||
The maximum address that may be occupied by the initial
|
||||
ramdisk/ramfs contents. For boot protocols 2.02 or earlier, this
|
||||
field is not present, and the maximum address is 0x37FFFFFF. (This
|
||||
address is defined as the address of the highest safe byte, so if
|
||||
your ramdisk is exactly 131072 bytes long and this field is
|
||||
0x37FFFFFF, you can start your ramdisk at 0x37FE0000.)
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: kernel_alignment
|
||||
Type: read (reloc)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x230/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.05+
|
||||
|
||||
Alignment unit required by the kernel (if relocatable_kernel is true.)
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: relocatable_kernel
|
||||
Type: read (reloc)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x234/1
|
||||
Protocol: 2.05+
|
||||
|
||||
If this field is nonzero, the protected-mode part of the kernel can
|
||||
be loaded at any address that satisfies the kernel_alignment field.
|
||||
After loading, the boot loader must set the code32_start field to
|
||||
point to the loaded code, or to a boot loader hook.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: cmdline_size
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x238/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.06+
|
||||
|
||||
The maximum size of the command line without the terminating
|
||||
zero. This means that the command line can contain at most
|
||||
cmdline_size characters. With protocol version 2.05 and earlier, the
|
||||
maximum size was 255.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: hardware_subarch
|
||||
Type: write (optional, defaults to x86/PC)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x23c/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.07+
|
||||
|
||||
In a paravirtualized environment the hardware low level architectural
|
||||
pieces such as interrupt handling, page table handling, and
|
||||
accessing process control registers needs to be done differently.
|
||||
|
||||
This field allows the bootloader to inform the kernel we are in one
|
||||
one of those environments.
|
||||
|
||||
0x00000000 The default x86/PC environment
|
||||
0x00000001 lguest
|
||||
0x00000002 Xen
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: hardware_subarch_data
|
||||
Type: write (subarch-dependent)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x240/8
|
||||
Protocol: 2.07+
|
||||
|
||||
A pointer to data that is specific to hardware subarch
|
||||
This field is currently unused for the default x86/PC environment,
|
||||
do not modify.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: payload_offset
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x248/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.08+
|
||||
|
||||
If non-zero then this field contains the offset from the end of the
|
||||
real-mode code to the payload.
|
||||
|
||||
The payload may be compressed. The format of both the compressed and
|
||||
uncompressed data should be determined using the standard magic
|
||||
numbers. Currently only gzip compressed ELF is used.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: payload_length
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x24c/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.08+
|
||||
|
||||
The length of the payload.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: setup_data
|
||||
Type: write (special)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x250/8
|
||||
Protocol: 2.09+
|
||||
|
||||
The 64-bit physical pointer to NULL terminated single linked list of
|
||||
struct setup_data. This is used to define a more extensible boot
|
||||
parameters passing mechanism. The definition of struct setup_data is
|
||||
as follow:
|
||||
|
||||
struct setup_data {
|
||||
u64 next;
|
||||
u32 type;
|
||||
u32 len;
|
||||
u8 data[0];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Where, the next is a 64-bit physical pointer to the next node of
|
||||
linked list, the next field of the last node is 0; the type is used
|
||||
to identify the contents of data; the len is the length of data
|
||||
field; the data holds the real payload.
|
||||
|
||||
This list may be modified at a number of points during the bootup
|
||||
process. Therefore, when modifying this list one should always make
|
||||
sure to consider the case where the linked list already contains
|
||||
entries.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** THE IMAGE CHECKSUM
|
||||
|
||||
From boot protocol version 2.08 onwards the CRC-32 is calculated over
|
||||
the entire file using the characteristic polynomial 0x04C11DB7 and an
|
||||
initial remainder of 0xffffffff. The checksum is appended to the
|
||||
file; therefore the CRC of the file up to the limit specified in the
|
||||
syssize field of the header is always 0.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** THE KERNEL COMMAND LINE
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel command line has become an important way for the boot
|
||||
loader to communicate with the kernel. Some of its options are also
|
||||
relevant to the boot loader itself, see "special command line options"
|
||||
below.
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel command line is a null-terminated string. The maximum
|
||||
length can be retrieved from the field cmdline_size. Before protocol
|
||||
version 2.06, the maximum was 255 characters. A string that is too
|
||||
long will be automatically truncated by the kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
If the boot protocol version is 2.02 or later, the address of the
|
||||
kernel command line is given by the header field cmd_line_ptr (see
|
||||
above.) This address can be anywhere between the end of the setup
|
||||
heap and 0xA0000.
|
||||
|
||||
If the protocol version is *not* 2.02 or higher, the kernel
|
||||
command line is entered using the following protocol:
|
||||
|
||||
At offset 0x0020 (word), "cmd_line_magic", enter the magic
|
||||
number 0xA33F.
|
||||
|
||||
At offset 0x0022 (word), "cmd_line_offset", enter the offset
|
||||
of the kernel command line (relative to the start of the
|
||||
real-mode kernel).
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel command line *must* be within the memory region
|
||||
covered by setup_move_size, so you may need to adjust this
|
||||
field.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** MEMORY LAYOUT OF THE REAL-MODE CODE
|
||||
|
||||
The real-mode code requires a stack/heap to be set up, as well as
|
||||
memory allocated for the kernel command line. This needs to be done
|
||||
in the real-mode accessible memory in bottom megabyte.
|
||||
|
||||
It should be noted that modern machines often have a sizable Extended
|
||||
BIOS Data Area (EBDA). As a result, it is advisable to use as little
|
||||
of the low megabyte as possible.
|
||||
|
||||
Unfortunately, under the following circumstances the 0x90000 memory
|
||||
segment has to be used:
|
||||
|
||||
- When loading a zImage kernel ((loadflags & 0x01) == 0).
|
||||
- When loading a 2.01 or earlier boot protocol kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
-> For the 2.00 and 2.01 boot protocols, the real-mode code
|
||||
can be loaded at another address, but it is internally
|
||||
relocated to 0x90000. For the "old" protocol, the
|
||||
real-mode code must be loaded at 0x90000.
|
||||
|
||||
When loading at 0x90000, avoid using memory above 0x9a000.
|
||||
|
||||
For boot protocol 2.02 or higher, the command line does not have to be
|
||||
located in the same 64K segment as the real-mode setup code; it is
|
||||
thus permitted to give the stack/heap the full 64K segment and locate
|
||||
the command line above it.
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel command line should not be located below the real-mode
|
||||
code, nor should it be located in high memory.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** SAMPLE BOOT CONFIGURATION
|
||||
|
||||
As a sample configuration, assume the following layout of the real
|
||||
mode segment:
|
||||
|
||||
When loading below 0x90000, use the entire segment:
|
||||
|
||||
0x0000-0x7fff Real mode kernel
|
||||
0x8000-0xdfff Stack and heap
|
||||
0xe000-0xffff Kernel command line
|
||||
|
||||
When loading at 0x90000 OR the protocol version is 2.01 or earlier:
|
||||
|
||||
0x0000-0x7fff Real mode kernel
|
||||
0x8000-0x97ff Stack and heap
|
||||
0x9800-0x9fff Kernel command line
|
||||
|
||||
Such a boot loader should enter the following fields in the header:
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long base_ptr; /* base address for real-mode segment */
|
||||
|
||||
if ( setup_sects == 0 ) {
|
||||
setup_sects = 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( protocol >= 0x0200 ) {
|
||||
type_of_loader = <type code>;
|
||||
if ( loading_initrd ) {
|
||||
ramdisk_image = <initrd_address>;
|
||||
ramdisk_size = <initrd_size>;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( protocol >= 0x0202 && loadflags & 0x01 )
|
||||
heap_end = 0xe000;
|
||||
else
|
||||
heap_end = 0x9800;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( protocol >= 0x0201 ) {
|
||||
heap_end_ptr = heap_end - 0x200;
|
||||
loadflags |= 0x80; /* CAN_USE_HEAP */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( protocol >= 0x0202 ) {
|
||||
cmd_line_ptr = base_ptr + heap_end;
|
||||
strcpy(cmd_line_ptr, cmdline);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
cmd_line_magic = 0xA33F;
|
||||
cmd_line_offset = heap_end;
|
||||
setup_move_size = heap_end + strlen(cmdline)+1;
|
||||
strcpy(base_ptr+cmd_line_offset, cmdline);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Very old kernel */
|
||||
|
||||
heap_end = 0x9800;
|
||||
|
||||
cmd_line_magic = 0xA33F;
|
||||
cmd_line_offset = heap_end;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A very old kernel MUST have its real-mode code
|
||||
loaded at 0x90000 */
|
||||
|
||||
if ( base_ptr != 0x90000 ) {
|
||||
/* Copy the real-mode kernel */
|
||||
memcpy(0x90000, base_ptr, (setup_sects+1)*512);
|
||||
base_ptr = 0x90000; /* Relocated */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
strcpy(0x90000+cmd_line_offset, cmdline);
|
||||
|
||||
/* It is recommended to clear memory up to the 32K mark */
|
||||
memset(0x90000 + (setup_sects+1)*512, 0,
|
||||
(64-(setup_sects+1))*512);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** LOADING THE REST OF THE KERNEL
|
||||
|
||||
The 32-bit (non-real-mode) kernel starts at offset (setup_sects+1)*512
|
||||
in the kernel file (again, if setup_sects == 0 the real value is 4.)
|
||||
It should be loaded at address 0x10000 for Image/zImage kernels and
|
||||
0x100000 for bzImage kernels.
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel is a bzImage kernel if the protocol >= 2.00 and the 0x01
|
||||
bit (LOAD_HIGH) in the loadflags field is set:
|
||||
|
||||
is_bzImage = (protocol >= 0x0200) && (loadflags & 0x01);
|
||||
load_address = is_bzImage ? 0x100000 : 0x10000;
|
||||
|
||||
Note that Image/zImage kernels can be up to 512K in size, and thus use
|
||||
the entire 0x10000-0x90000 range of memory. This means it is pretty
|
||||
much a requirement for these kernels to load the real-mode part at
|
||||
0x90000. bzImage kernels allow much more flexibility.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** SPECIAL COMMAND LINE OPTIONS
|
||||
|
||||
If the command line provided by the boot loader is entered by the
|
||||
user, the user may expect the following command line options to work.
|
||||
They should normally not be deleted from the kernel command line even
|
||||
though not all of them are actually meaningful to the kernel. Boot
|
||||
loader authors who need additional command line options for the boot
|
||||
loader itself should get them registered in
|
||||
Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt to make sure they will not
|
||||
conflict with actual kernel options now or in the future.
|
||||
|
||||
vga=<mode>
|
||||
<mode> here is either an integer (in C notation, either
|
||||
decimal, octal, or hexadecimal) or one of the strings
|
||||
"normal" (meaning 0xFFFF), "ext" (meaning 0xFFFE) or "ask"
|
||||
(meaning 0xFFFD). This value should be entered into the
|
||||
vid_mode field, as it is used by the kernel before the command
|
||||
line is parsed.
|
||||
|
||||
mem=<size>
|
||||
<size> is an integer in C notation optionally followed by
|
||||
(case insensitive) K, M, G, T, P or E (meaning << 10, << 20,
|
||||
<< 30, << 40, << 50 or << 60). This specifies the end of
|
||||
memory to the kernel. This affects the possible placement of
|
||||
an initrd, since an initrd should be placed near end of
|
||||
memory. Note that this is an option to *both* the kernel and
|
||||
the bootloader!
|
||||
|
||||
initrd=<file>
|
||||
An initrd should be loaded. The meaning of <file> is
|
||||
obviously bootloader-dependent, and some boot loaders
|
||||
(e.g. LILO) do not have such a command.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, some boot loaders add the following options to the
|
||||
user-specified command line:
|
||||
|
||||
BOOT_IMAGE=<file>
|
||||
The boot image which was loaded. Again, the meaning of <file>
|
||||
is obviously bootloader-dependent.
|
||||
|
||||
auto
|
||||
The kernel was booted without explicit user intervention.
|
||||
|
||||
If these options are added by the boot loader, it is highly
|
||||
recommended that they are located *first*, before the user-specified
|
||||
or configuration-specified command line. Otherwise, "init=/bin/sh"
|
||||
gets confused by the "auto" option.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** RUNNING THE KERNEL
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel is started by jumping to the kernel entry point, which is
|
||||
located at *segment* offset 0x20 from the start of the real mode
|
||||
kernel. This means that if you loaded your real-mode kernel code at
|
||||
0x90000, the kernel entry point is 9020:0000.
|
||||
|
||||
At entry, ds = es = ss should point to the start of the real-mode
|
||||
kernel code (0x9000 if the code is loaded at 0x90000), sp should be
|
||||
set up properly, normally pointing to the top of the heap, and
|
||||
interrupts should be disabled. Furthermore, to guard against bugs in
|
||||
the kernel, it is recommended that the boot loader sets fs = gs = ds =
|
||||
es = ss.
|
||||
|
||||
In our example from above, we would do:
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: in the case of the "old" kernel protocol, base_ptr must
|
||||
be == 0x90000 at this point; see the previous sample code */
|
||||
|
||||
seg = base_ptr >> 4;
|
||||
|
||||
cli(); /* Enter with interrupts disabled! */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set up the real-mode kernel stack */
|
||||
_SS = seg;
|
||||
_SP = heap_end;
|
||||
|
||||
_DS = _ES = _FS = _GS = seg;
|
||||
jmp_far(seg+0x20, 0); /* Run the kernel */
|
||||
|
||||
If your boot sector accesses a floppy drive, it is recommended to
|
||||
switch off the floppy motor before running the kernel, since the
|
||||
kernel boot leaves interrupts off and thus the motor will not be
|
||||
switched off, especially if the loaded kernel has the floppy driver as
|
||||
a demand-loaded module!
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** ADVANCED BOOT LOADER HOOKS
|
||||
|
||||
If the boot loader runs in a particularly hostile environment (such as
|
||||
LOADLIN, which runs under DOS) it may be impossible to follow the
|
||||
standard memory location requirements. Such a boot loader may use the
|
||||
following hooks that, if set, are invoked by the kernel at the
|
||||
appropriate time. The use of these hooks should probably be
|
||||
considered an absolutely last resort!
|
||||
|
||||
IMPORTANT: All the hooks are required to preserve %esp, %ebp, %esi and
|
||||
%edi across invocation.
|
||||
|
||||
realmode_swtch:
|
||||
A 16-bit real mode far subroutine invoked immediately before
|
||||
entering protected mode. The default routine disables NMI, so
|
||||
your routine should probably do so, too.
|
||||
|
||||
code32_start:
|
||||
A 32-bit flat-mode routine *jumped* to immediately after the
|
||||
transition to protected mode, but before the kernel is
|
||||
uncompressed. No segments, except CS, are guaranteed to be
|
||||
set up (current kernels do, but older ones do not); you should
|
||||
set them up to BOOT_DS (0x18) yourself.
|
||||
|
||||
After completing your hook, you should jump to the address
|
||||
that was in this field before your boot loader overwrote it
|
||||
(relocated, if appropriate.)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** 32-bit BOOT PROTOCOL
|
||||
|
||||
For machine with some new BIOS other than legacy BIOS, such as EFI,
|
||||
LinuxBIOS, etc, and kexec, the 16-bit real mode setup code in kernel
|
||||
based on legacy BIOS can not be used, so a 32-bit boot protocol needs
|
||||
to be defined.
|
||||
|
||||
In 32-bit boot protocol, the first step in loading a Linux kernel
|
||||
should be to setup the boot parameters (struct boot_params,
|
||||
traditionally known as "zero page"). The memory for struct boot_params
|
||||
should be allocated and initialized to all zero. Then the setup header
|
||||
from offset 0x01f1 of kernel image on should be loaded into struct
|
||||
boot_params and examined. The end of setup header can be calculated as
|
||||
follow:
|
||||
|
||||
0x0202 + byte value at offset 0x0201
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to read/modify/write the setup header of the struct
|
||||
boot_params as that of 16-bit boot protocol, the boot loader should
|
||||
also fill the additional fields of the struct boot_params as that
|
||||
described in zero-page.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
After setupping the struct boot_params, the boot loader can load the
|
||||
32/64-bit kernel in the same way as that of 16-bit boot protocol.
|
||||
|
||||
In 32-bit boot protocol, the kernel is started by jumping to the
|
||||
32-bit kernel entry point, which is the start address of loaded
|
||||
32/64-bit kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
At entry, the CPU must be in 32-bit protected mode with paging
|
||||
disabled; a GDT must be loaded with the descriptors for selectors
|
||||
__BOOT_CS(0x10) and __BOOT_DS(0x18); both descriptors must be 4G flat
|
||||
segment; __BOOS_CS must have execute/read permission, and __BOOT_DS
|
||||
must have read/write permission; CS must be __BOOT_CS and DS, ES, SS
|
||||
must be __BOOT_DS; interrupt must be disabled; %esi must hold the base
|
||||
address of the struct boot_params; %ebp, %edi and %ebx must be zero.
|
@ -1,900 +0,0 @@
|
||||
THE LINUX/x86 BOOT PROTOCOL
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
On the x86 platform, the Linux kernel uses a rather complicated boot
|
||||
convention. This has evolved partially due to historical aspects, as
|
||||
well as the desire in the early days to have the kernel itself be a
|
||||
bootable image, the complicated PC memory model and due to changed
|
||||
expectations in the PC industry caused by the effective demise of
|
||||
real-mode DOS as a mainstream operating system.
|
||||
|
||||
Currently, the following versions of the Linux/x86 boot protocol exist.
|
||||
|
||||
Old kernels: zImage/Image support only. Some very early kernels
|
||||
may not even support a command line.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.00: (Kernel 1.3.73) Added bzImage and initrd support, as
|
||||
well as a formalized way to communicate between the
|
||||
boot loader and the kernel. setup.S made relocatable,
|
||||
although the traditional setup area still assumed
|
||||
writable.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.01: (Kernel 1.3.76) Added a heap overrun warning.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.02: (Kernel 2.4.0-test3-pre3) New command line protocol.
|
||||
Lower the conventional memory ceiling. No overwrite
|
||||
of the traditional setup area, thus making booting
|
||||
safe for systems which use the EBDA from SMM or 32-bit
|
||||
BIOS entry points. zImage deprecated but still
|
||||
supported.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.03: (Kernel 2.4.18-pre1) Explicitly makes the highest possible
|
||||
initrd address available to the bootloader.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.04: (Kernel 2.6.14) Extend the syssize field to four bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.05: (Kernel 2.6.20) Make protected mode kernel relocatable.
|
||||
Introduce relocatable_kernel and kernel_alignment fields.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.06: (Kernel 2.6.22) Added a field that contains the size of
|
||||
the boot command line.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.07: (Kernel 2.6.24) Added paravirtualised boot protocol.
|
||||
Introduced hardware_subarch and hardware_subarch_data
|
||||
and KEEP_SEGMENTS flag in load_flags.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.08: (Kernel 2.6.26) Added crc32 checksum and ELF format
|
||||
payload. Introduced payload_offset and payload length
|
||||
fields to aid in locating the payload.
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol 2.09: (Kernel 2.6.26) Added a field of 64-bit physical
|
||||
pointer to single linked list of struct setup_data.
|
||||
|
||||
**** MEMORY LAYOUT
|
||||
|
||||
The traditional memory map for the kernel loader, used for Image or
|
||||
zImage kernels, typically looks like:
|
||||
|
||||
| |
|
||||
0A0000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Reserved for BIOS | Do not use. Reserved for BIOS EBDA.
|
||||
09A000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Command line |
|
||||
| Stack/heap | For use by the kernel real-mode code.
|
||||
098000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Kernel setup | The kernel real-mode code.
|
||||
090200 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Kernel boot sector | The kernel legacy boot sector.
|
||||
090000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Protected-mode kernel | The bulk of the kernel image.
|
||||
010000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Boot loader | <- Boot sector entry point 0000:7C00
|
||||
001000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Reserved for MBR/BIOS |
|
||||
000800 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Typically used by MBR |
|
||||
000600 +------------------------+
|
||||
| BIOS use only |
|
||||
000000 +------------------------+
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
When using bzImage, the protected-mode kernel was relocated to
|
||||
0x100000 ("high memory"), and the kernel real-mode block (boot sector,
|
||||
setup, and stack/heap) was made relocatable to any address between
|
||||
0x10000 and end of low memory. Unfortunately, in protocols 2.00 and
|
||||
2.01 the 0x90000+ memory range is still used internally by the kernel;
|
||||
the 2.02 protocol resolves that problem.
|
||||
|
||||
It is desirable to keep the "memory ceiling" -- the highest point in
|
||||
low memory touched by the boot loader -- as low as possible, since
|
||||
some newer BIOSes have begun to allocate some rather large amounts of
|
||||
memory, called the Extended BIOS Data Area, near the top of low
|
||||
memory. The boot loader should use the "INT 12h" BIOS call to verify
|
||||
how much low memory is available.
|
||||
|
||||
Unfortunately, if INT 12h reports that the amount of memory is too
|
||||
low, there is usually nothing the boot loader can do but to report an
|
||||
error to the user. The boot loader should therefore be designed to
|
||||
take up as little space in low memory as it reasonably can. For
|
||||
zImage or old bzImage kernels, which need data written into the
|
||||
0x90000 segment, the boot loader should make sure not to use memory
|
||||
above the 0x9A000 point; too many BIOSes will break above that point.
|
||||
|
||||
For a modern bzImage kernel with boot protocol version >= 2.02, a
|
||||
memory layout like the following is suggested:
|
||||
|
||||
~ ~
|
||||
| Protected-mode kernel |
|
||||
100000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| I/O memory hole |
|
||||
0A0000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Reserved for BIOS | Leave as much as possible unused
|
||||
~ ~
|
||||
| Command line | (Can also be below the X+10000 mark)
|
||||
X+10000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Stack/heap | For use by the kernel real-mode code.
|
||||
X+08000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Kernel setup | The kernel real-mode code.
|
||||
| Kernel boot sector | The kernel legacy boot sector.
|
||||
X +------------------------+
|
||||
| Boot loader | <- Boot sector entry point 0000:7C00
|
||||
001000 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Reserved for MBR/BIOS |
|
||||
000800 +------------------------+
|
||||
| Typically used by MBR |
|
||||
000600 +------------------------+
|
||||
| BIOS use only |
|
||||
000000 +------------------------+
|
||||
|
||||
... where the address X is as low as the design of the boot loader
|
||||
permits.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** THE REAL-MODE KERNEL HEADER
|
||||
|
||||
In the following text, and anywhere in the kernel boot sequence, "a
|
||||
sector" refers to 512 bytes. It is independent of the actual sector
|
||||
size of the underlying medium.
|
||||
|
||||
The first step in loading a Linux kernel should be to load the
|
||||
real-mode code (boot sector and setup code) and then examine the
|
||||
following header at offset 0x01f1. The real-mode code can total up to
|
||||
32K, although the boot loader may choose to load only the first two
|
||||
sectors (1K) and then examine the bootup sector size.
|
||||
|
||||
The header looks like:
|
||||
|
||||
Offset Proto Name Meaning
|
||||
/Size
|
||||
|
||||
01F1/1 ALL(1 setup_sects The size of the setup in sectors
|
||||
01F2/2 ALL root_flags If set, the root is mounted readonly
|
||||
01F4/4 2.04+(2 syssize The size of the 32-bit code in 16-byte paras
|
||||
01F8/2 ALL ram_size DO NOT USE - for bootsect.S use only
|
||||
01FA/2 ALL vid_mode Video mode control
|
||||
01FC/2 ALL root_dev Default root device number
|
||||
01FE/2 ALL boot_flag 0xAA55 magic number
|
||||
0200/2 2.00+ jump Jump instruction
|
||||
0202/4 2.00+ header Magic signature "HdrS"
|
||||
0206/2 2.00+ version Boot protocol version supported
|
||||
0208/4 2.00+ realmode_swtch Boot loader hook (see below)
|
||||
020C/2 2.00+ start_sys The load-low segment (0x1000) (obsolete)
|
||||
020E/2 2.00+ kernel_version Pointer to kernel version string
|
||||
0210/1 2.00+ type_of_loader Boot loader identifier
|
||||
0211/1 2.00+ loadflags Boot protocol option flags
|
||||
0212/2 2.00+ setup_move_size Move to high memory size (used with hooks)
|
||||
0214/4 2.00+ code32_start Boot loader hook (see below)
|
||||
0218/4 2.00+ ramdisk_image initrd load address (set by boot loader)
|
||||
021C/4 2.00+ ramdisk_size initrd size (set by boot loader)
|
||||
0220/4 2.00+ bootsect_kludge DO NOT USE - for bootsect.S use only
|
||||
0224/2 2.01+ heap_end_ptr Free memory after setup end
|
||||
0226/2 N/A pad1 Unused
|
||||
0228/4 2.02+ cmd_line_ptr 32-bit pointer to the kernel command line
|
||||
022C/4 2.03+ initrd_addr_max Highest legal initrd address
|
||||
0230/4 2.05+ kernel_alignment Physical addr alignment required for kernel
|
||||
0234/1 2.05+ relocatable_kernel Whether kernel is relocatable or not
|
||||
0235/3 N/A pad2 Unused
|
||||
0238/4 2.06+ cmdline_size Maximum size of the kernel command line
|
||||
023C/4 2.07+ hardware_subarch Hardware subarchitecture
|
||||
0240/8 2.07+ hardware_subarch_data Subarchitecture-specific data
|
||||
0248/4 2.08+ payload_offset Offset of kernel payload
|
||||
024C/4 2.08+ payload_length Length of kernel payload
|
||||
0250/8 2.09+ setup_data 64-bit physical pointer to linked list
|
||||
of struct setup_data
|
||||
|
||||
(1) For backwards compatibility, if the setup_sects field contains 0, the
|
||||
real value is 4.
|
||||
|
||||
(2) For boot protocol prior to 2.04, the upper two bytes of the syssize
|
||||
field are unusable, which means the size of a bzImage kernel
|
||||
cannot be determined.
|
||||
|
||||
If the "HdrS" (0x53726448) magic number is not found at offset 0x202,
|
||||
the boot protocol version is "old". Loading an old kernel, the
|
||||
following parameters should be assumed:
|
||||
|
||||
Image type = zImage
|
||||
initrd not supported
|
||||
Real-mode kernel must be located at 0x90000.
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise, the "version" field contains the protocol version,
|
||||
e.g. protocol version 2.01 will contain 0x0201 in this field. When
|
||||
setting fields in the header, you must make sure only to set fields
|
||||
supported by the protocol version in use.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** DETAILS OF HEADER FIELDS
|
||||
|
||||
For each field, some are information from the kernel to the bootloader
|
||||
("read"), some are expected to be filled out by the bootloader
|
||||
("write"), and some are expected to be read and modified by the
|
||||
bootloader ("modify").
|
||||
|
||||
All general purpose boot loaders should write the fields marked
|
||||
(obligatory). Boot loaders who want to load the kernel at a
|
||||
nonstandard address should fill in the fields marked (reloc); other
|
||||
boot loaders can ignore those fields.
|
||||
|
||||
The byte order of all fields is littleendian (this is x86, after all.)
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: setup_sects
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x1f1/1
|
||||
Protocol: ALL
|
||||
|
||||
The size of the setup code in 512-byte sectors. If this field is
|
||||
0, the real value is 4. The real-mode code consists of the boot
|
||||
sector (always one 512-byte sector) plus the setup code.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: root_flags
|
||||
Type: modify (optional)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x1f2/2
|
||||
Protocol: ALL
|
||||
|
||||
If this field is nonzero, the root defaults to readonly. The use of
|
||||
this field is deprecated; use the "ro" or "rw" options on the
|
||||
command line instead.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: syssize
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x1f4/4 (protocol 2.04+) 0x1f4/2 (protocol ALL)
|
||||
Protocol: 2.04+
|
||||
|
||||
The size of the protected-mode code in units of 16-byte paragraphs.
|
||||
For protocol versions older than 2.04 this field is only two bytes
|
||||
wide, and therefore cannot be trusted for the size of a kernel if
|
||||
the LOAD_HIGH flag is set.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: ram_size
|
||||
Type: kernel internal
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x1f8/2
|
||||
Protocol: ALL
|
||||
|
||||
This field is obsolete.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: vid_mode
|
||||
Type: modify (obligatory)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x1fa/2
|
||||
|
||||
Please see the section on SPECIAL COMMAND LINE OPTIONS.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: root_dev
|
||||
Type: modify (optional)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x1fc/2
|
||||
Protocol: ALL
|
||||
|
||||
The default root device device number. The use of this field is
|
||||
deprecated, use the "root=" option on the command line instead.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: boot_flag
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x1fe/2
|
||||
Protocol: ALL
|
||||
|
||||
Contains 0xAA55. This is the closest thing old Linux kernels have
|
||||
to a magic number.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: jump
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x200/2
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
Contains an x86 jump instruction, 0xEB followed by a signed offset
|
||||
relative to byte 0x202. This can be used to determine the size of
|
||||
the header.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: header
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x202/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
Contains the magic number "HdrS" (0x53726448).
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: version
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x206/2
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
Contains the boot protocol version, in (major << 8)+minor format,
|
||||
e.g. 0x0204 for version 2.04, and 0x0a11 for a hypothetical version
|
||||
10.17.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: readmode_swtch
|
||||
Type: modify (optional)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x208/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
Boot loader hook (see ADVANCED BOOT LOADER HOOKS below.)
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: start_sys
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x20c/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
The load low segment (0x1000). Obsolete.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: kernel_version
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x20e/2
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
If set to a nonzero value, contains a pointer to a NUL-terminated
|
||||
human-readable kernel version number string, less 0x200. This can
|
||||
be used to display the kernel version to the user. This value
|
||||
should be less than (0x200*setup_sects).
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if this value is set to 0x1c00, the kernel version
|
||||
number string can be found at offset 0x1e00 in the kernel file.
|
||||
This is a valid value if and only if the "setup_sects" field
|
||||
contains the value 15 or higher, as:
|
||||
|
||||
0x1c00 < 15*0x200 (= 0x1e00) but
|
||||
0x1c00 >= 14*0x200 (= 0x1c00)
|
||||
|
||||
0x1c00 >> 9 = 14, so the minimum value for setup_secs is 15.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: type_of_loader
|
||||
Type: write (obligatory)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x210/1
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
If your boot loader has an assigned id (see table below), enter
|
||||
0xTV here, where T is an identifier for the boot loader and V is
|
||||
a version number. Otherwise, enter 0xFF here.
|
||||
|
||||
Assigned boot loader ids:
|
||||
0 LILO (0x00 reserved for pre-2.00 bootloader)
|
||||
1 Loadlin
|
||||
2 bootsect-loader (0x20, all other values reserved)
|
||||
3 SYSLINUX
|
||||
4 EtherBoot
|
||||
5 ELILO
|
||||
7 GRuB
|
||||
8 U-BOOT
|
||||
9 Xen
|
||||
A Gujin
|
||||
B Qemu
|
||||
|
||||
Please contact <hpa@zytor.com> if you need a bootloader ID
|
||||
value assigned.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: loadflags
|
||||
Type: modify (obligatory)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x211/1
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
This field is a bitmask.
|
||||
|
||||
Bit 0 (read): LOADED_HIGH
|
||||
- If 0, the protected-mode code is loaded at 0x10000.
|
||||
- If 1, the protected-mode code is loaded at 0x100000.
|
||||
|
||||
Bit 5 (write): QUIET_FLAG
|
||||
- If 0, print early messages.
|
||||
- If 1, suppress early messages.
|
||||
This requests to the kernel (decompressor and early
|
||||
kernel) to not write early messages that require
|
||||
accessing the display hardware directly.
|
||||
|
||||
Bit 6 (write): KEEP_SEGMENTS
|
||||
Protocol: 2.07+
|
||||
- If 0, reload the segment registers in the 32bit entry point.
|
||||
- If 1, do not reload the segment registers in the 32bit entry point.
|
||||
Assume that %cs %ds %ss %es are all set to flat segments with
|
||||
a base of 0 (or the equivalent for their environment).
|
||||
|
||||
Bit 7 (write): CAN_USE_HEAP
|
||||
Set this bit to 1 to indicate that the value entered in the
|
||||
heap_end_ptr is valid. If this field is clear, some setup code
|
||||
functionality will be disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: setup_move_size
|
||||
Type: modify (obligatory)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x212/2
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00-2.01
|
||||
|
||||
When using protocol 2.00 or 2.01, if the real mode kernel is not
|
||||
loaded at 0x90000, it gets moved there later in the loading
|
||||
sequence. Fill in this field if you want additional data (such as
|
||||
the kernel command line) moved in addition to the real-mode kernel
|
||||
itself.
|
||||
|
||||
The unit is bytes starting with the beginning of the boot sector.
|
||||
|
||||
This field is can be ignored when the protocol is 2.02 or higher, or
|
||||
if the real-mode code is loaded at 0x90000.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: code32_start
|
||||
Type: modify (optional, reloc)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x214/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
The address to jump to in protected mode. This defaults to the load
|
||||
address of the kernel, and can be used by the boot loader to
|
||||
determine the proper load address.
|
||||
|
||||
This field can be modified for two purposes:
|
||||
|
||||
1. as a boot loader hook (see ADVANCED BOOT LOADER HOOKS below.)
|
||||
|
||||
2. if a bootloader which does not install a hook loads a
|
||||
relocatable kernel at a nonstandard address it will have to modify
|
||||
this field to point to the load address.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: ramdisk_image
|
||||
Type: write (obligatory)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x218/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
The 32-bit linear address of the initial ramdisk or ramfs. Leave at
|
||||
zero if there is no initial ramdisk/ramfs.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: ramdisk_size
|
||||
Type: write (obligatory)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x21c/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
Size of the initial ramdisk or ramfs. Leave at zero if there is no
|
||||
initial ramdisk/ramfs.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: bootsect_kludge
|
||||
Type: kernel internal
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x220/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.00+
|
||||
|
||||
This field is obsolete.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: heap_end_ptr
|
||||
Type: write (obligatory)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x224/2
|
||||
Protocol: 2.01+
|
||||
|
||||
Set this field to the offset (from the beginning of the real-mode
|
||||
code) of the end of the setup stack/heap, minus 0x0200.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: cmd_line_ptr
|
||||
Type: write (obligatory)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x228/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.02+
|
||||
|
||||
Set this field to the linear address of the kernel command line.
|
||||
The kernel command line can be located anywhere between the end of
|
||||
the setup heap and 0xA0000; it does not have to be located in the
|
||||
same 64K segment as the real-mode code itself.
|
||||
|
||||
Fill in this field even if your boot loader does not support a
|
||||
command line, in which case you can point this to an empty string
|
||||
(or better yet, to the string "auto".) If this field is left at
|
||||
zero, the kernel will assume that your boot loader does not support
|
||||
the 2.02+ protocol.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: initrd_addr_max
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x22c/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.03+
|
||||
|
||||
The maximum address that may be occupied by the initial
|
||||
ramdisk/ramfs contents. For boot protocols 2.02 or earlier, this
|
||||
field is not present, and the maximum address is 0x37FFFFFF. (This
|
||||
address is defined as the address of the highest safe byte, so if
|
||||
your ramdisk is exactly 131072 bytes long and this field is
|
||||
0x37FFFFFF, you can start your ramdisk at 0x37FE0000.)
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: kernel_alignment
|
||||
Type: read (reloc)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x230/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.05+
|
||||
|
||||
Alignment unit required by the kernel (if relocatable_kernel is true.)
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: relocatable_kernel
|
||||
Type: read (reloc)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x234/1
|
||||
Protocol: 2.05+
|
||||
|
||||
If this field is nonzero, the protected-mode part of the kernel can
|
||||
be loaded at any address that satisfies the kernel_alignment field.
|
||||
After loading, the boot loader must set the code32_start field to
|
||||
point to the loaded code, or to a boot loader hook.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: cmdline_size
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x238/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.06+
|
||||
|
||||
The maximum size of the command line without the terminating
|
||||
zero. This means that the command line can contain at most
|
||||
cmdline_size characters. With protocol version 2.05 and earlier, the
|
||||
maximum size was 255.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: hardware_subarch
|
||||
Type: write (optional, defaults to x86/PC)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x23c/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.07+
|
||||
|
||||
In a paravirtualized environment the hardware low level architectural
|
||||
pieces such as interrupt handling, page table handling, and
|
||||
accessing process control registers needs to be done differently.
|
||||
|
||||
This field allows the bootloader to inform the kernel we are in one
|
||||
one of those environments.
|
||||
|
||||
0x00000000 The default x86/PC environment
|
||||
0x00000001 lguest
|
||||
0x00000002 Xen
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: hardware_subarch_data
|
||||
Type: write (subarch-dependent)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x240/8
|
||||
Protocol: 2.07+
|
||||
|
||||
A pointer to data that is specific to hardware subarch
|
||||
This field is currently unused for the default x86/PC environment,
|
||||
do not modify.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: payload_offset
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x248/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.08+
|
||||
|
||||
If non-zero then this field contains the offset from the end of the
|
||||
real-mode code to the payload.
|
||||
|
||||
The payload may be compressed. The format of both the compressed and
|
||||
uncompressed data should be determined using the standard magic
|
||||
numbers. Currently only gzip compressed ELF is used.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: payload_length
|
||||
Type: read
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x24c/4
|
||||
Protocol: 2.08+
|
||||
|
||||
The length of the payload.
|
||||
|
||||
Field name: setup_data
|
||||
Type: write (special)
|
||||
Offset/size: 0x250/8
|
||||
Protocol: 2.09+
|
||||
|
||||
The 64-bit physical pointer to NULL terminated single linked list of
|
||||
struct setup_data. This is used to define a more extensible boot
|
||||
parameters passing mechanism. The definition of struct setup_data is
|
||||
as follow:
|
||||
|
||||
struct setup_data {
|
||||
u64 next;
|
||||
u32 type;
|
||||
u32 len;
|
||||
u8 data[0];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Where, the next is a 64-bit physical pointer to the next node of
|
||||
linked list, the next field of the last node is 0; the type is used
|
||||
to identify the contents of data; the len is the length of data
|
||||
field; the data holds the real payload.
|
||||
|
||||
This list may be modified at a number of points during the bootup
|
||||
process. Therefore, when modifying this list one should always make
|
||||
sure to consider the case where the linked list already contains
|
||||
entries.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** THE IMAGE CHECKSUM
|
||||
|
||||
From boot protocol version 2.08 onwards the CRC-32 is calculated over
|
||||
the entire file using the characteristic polynomial 0x04C11DB7 and an
|
||||
initial remainder of 0xffffffff. The checksum is appended to the
|
||||
file; therefore the CRC of the file up to the limit specified in the
|
||||
syssize field of the header is always 0.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** THE KERNEL COMMAND LINE
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel command line has become an important way for the boot
|
||||
loader to communicate with the kernel. Some of its options are also
|
||||
relevant to the boot loader itself, see "special command line options"
|
||||
below.
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel command line is a null-terminated string. The maximum
|
||||
length can be retrieved from the field cmdline_size. Before protocol
|
||||
version 2.06, the maximum was 255 characters. A string that is too
|
||||
long will be automatically truncated by the kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
If the boot protocol version is 2.02 or later, the address of the
|
||||
kernel command line is given by the header field cmd_line_ptr (see
|
||||
above.) This address can be anywhere between the end of the setup
|
||||
heap and 0xA0000.
|
||||
|
||||
If the protocol version is *not* 2.02 or higher, the kernel
|
||||
command line is entered using the following protocol:
|
||||
|
||||
At offset 0x0020 (word), "cmd_line_magic", enter the magic
|
||||
number 0xA33F.
|
||||
|
||||
At offset 0x0022 (word), "cmd_line_offset", enter the offset
|
||||
of the kernel command line (relative to the start of the
|
||||
real-mode kernel).
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel command line *must* be within the memory region
|
||||
covered by setup_move_size, so you may need to adjust this
|
||||
field.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** MEMORY LAYOUT OF THE REAL-MODE CODE
|
||||
|
||||
The real-mode code requires a stack/heap to be set up, as well as
|
||||
memory allocated for the kernel command line. This needs to be done
|
||||
in the real-mode accessible memory in bottom megabyte.
|
||||
|
||||
It should be noted that modern machines often have a sizable Extended
|
||||
BIOS Data Area (EBDA). As a result, it is advisable to use as little
|
||||
of the low megabyte as possible.
|
||||
|
||||
Unfortunately, under the following circumstances the 0x90000 memory
|
||||
segment has to be used:
|
||||
|
||||
- When loading a zImage kernel ((loadflags & 0x01) == 0).
|
||||
- When loading a 2.01 or earlier boot protocol kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
-> For the 2.00 and 2.01 boot protocols, the real-mode code
|
||||
can be loaded at another address, but it is internally
|
||||
relocated to 0x90000. For the "old" protocol, the
|
||||
real-mode code must be loaded at 0x90000.
|
||||
|
||||
When loading at 0x90000, avoid using memory above 0x9a000.
|
||||
|
||||
For boot protocol 2.02 or higher, the command line does not have to be
|
||||
located in the same 64K segment as the real-mode setup code; it is
|
||||
thus permitted to give the stack/heap the full 64K segment and locate
|
||||
the command line above it.
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel command line should not be located below the real-mode
|
||||
code, nor should it be located in high memory.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** SAMPLE BOOT CONFIGURATION
|
||||
|
||||
As a sample configuration, assume the following layout of the real
|
||||
mode segment:
|
||||
|
||||
When loading below 0x90000, use the entire segment:
|
||||
|
||||
0x0000-0x7fff Real mode kernel
|
||||
0x8000-0xdfff Stack and heap
|
||||
0xe000-0xffff Kernel command line
|
||||
|
||||
When loading at 0x90000 OR the protocol version is 2.01 or earlier:
|
||||
|
||||
0x0000-0x7fff Real mode kernel
|
||||
0x8000-0x97ff Stack and heap
|
||||
0x9800-0x9fff Kernel command line
|
||||
|
||||
Such a boot loader should enter the following fields in the header:
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long base_ptr; /* base address for real-mode segment */
|
||||
|
||||
if ( setup_sects == 0 ) {
|
||||
setup_sects = 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( protocol >= 0x0200 ) {
|
||||
type_of_loader = <type code>;
|
||||
if ( loading_initrd ) {
|
||||
ramdisk_image = <initrd_address>;
|
||||
ramdisk_size = <initrd_size>;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( protocol >= 0x0202 && loadflags & 0x01 )
|
||||
heap_end = 0xe000;
|
||||
else
|
||||
heap_end = 0x9800;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( protocol >= 0x0201 ) {
|
||||
heap_end_ptr = heap_end - 0x200;
|
||||
loadflags |= 0x80; /* CAN_USE_HEAP */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( protocol >= 0x0202 ) {
|
||||
cmd_line_ptr = base_ptr + heap_end;
|
||||
strcpy(cmd_line_ptr, cmdline);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
cmd_line_magic = 0xA33F;
|
||||
cmd_line_offset = heap_end;
|
||||
setup_move_size = heap_end + strlen(cmdline)+1;
|
||||
strcpy(base_ptr+cmd_line_offset, cmdline);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Very old kernel */
|
||||
|
||||
heap_end = 0x9800;
|
||||
|
||||
cmd_line_magic = 0xA33F;
|
||||
cmd_line_offset = heap_end;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A very old kernel MUST have its real-mode code
|
||||
loaded at 0x90000 */
|
||||
|
||||
if ( base_ptr != 0x90000 ) {
|
||||
/* Copy the real-mode kernel */
|
||||
memcpy(0x90000, base_ptr, (setup_sects+1)*512);
|
||||
base_ptr = 0x90000; /* Relocated */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
strcpy(0x90000+cmd_line_offset, cmdline);
|
||||
|
||||
/* It is recommended to clear memory up to the 32K mark */
|
||||
memset(0x90000 + (setup_sects+1)*512, 0,
|
||||
(64-(setup_sects+1))*512);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** LOADING THE REST OF THE KERNEL
|
||||
|
||||
The 32-bit (non-real-mode) kernel starts at offset (setup_sects+1)*512
|
||||
in the kernel file (again, if setup_sects == 0 the real value is 4.)
|
||||
It should be loaded at address 0x10000 for Image/zImage kernels and
|
||||
0x100000 for bzImage kernels.
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel is a bzImage kernel if the protocol >= 2.00 and the 0x01
|
||||
bit (LOAD_HIGH) in the loadflags field is set:
|
||||
|
||||
is_bzImage = (protocol >= 0x0200) && (loadflags & 0x01);
|
||||
load_address = is_bzImage ? 0x100000 : 0x10000;
|
||||
|
||||
Note that Image/zImage kernels can be up to 512K in size, and thus use
|
||||
the entire 0x10000-0x90000 range of memory. This means it is pretty
|
||||
much a requirement for these kernels to load the real-mode part at
|
||||
0x90000. bzImage kernels allow much more flexibility.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** SPECIAL COMMAND LINE OPTIONS
|
||||
|
||||
If the command line provided by the boot loader is entered by the
|
||||
user, the user may expect the following command line options to work.
|
||||
They should normally not be deleted from the kernel command line even
|
||||
though not all of them are actually meaningful to the kernel. Boot
|
||||
loader authors who need additional command line options for the boot
|
||||
loader itself should get them registered in
|
||||
Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt to make sure they will not
|
||||
conflict with actual kernel options now or in the future.
|
||||
|
||||
vga=<mode>
|
||||
<mode> here is either an integer (in C notation, either
|
||||
decimal, octal, or hexadecimal) or one of the strings
|
||||
"normal" (meaning 0xFFFF), "ext" (meaning 0xFFFE) or "ask"
|
||||
(meaning 0xFFFD). This value should be entered into the
|
||||
vid_mode field, as it is used by the kernel before the command
|
||||
line is parsed.
|
||||
|
||||
mem=<size>
|
||||
<size> is an integer in C notation optionally followed by
|
||||
(case insensitive) K, M, G, T, P or E (meaning << 10, << 20,
|
||||
<< 30, << 40, << 50 or << 60). This specifies the end of
|
||||
memory to the kernel. This affects the possible placement of
|
||||
an initrd, since an initrd should be placed near end of
|
||||
memory. Note that this is an option to *both* the kernel and
|
||||
the bootloader!
|
||||
|
||||
initrd=<file>
|
||||
An initrd should be loaded. The meaning of <file> is
|
||||
obviously bootloader-dependent, and some boot loaders
|
||||
(e.g. LILO) do not have such a command.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, some boot loaders add the following options to the
|
||||
user-specified command line:
|
||||
|
||||
BOOT_IMAGE=<file>
|
||||
The boot image which was loaded. Again, the meaning of <file>
|
||||
is obviously bootloader-dependent.
|
||||
|
||||
auto
|
||||
The kernel was booted without explicit user intervention.
|
||||
|
||||
If these options are added by the boot loader, it is highly
|
||||
recommended that they are located *first*, before the user-specified
|
||||
or configuration-specified command line. Otherwise, "init=/bin/sh"
|
||||
gets confused by the "auto" option.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** RUNNING THE KERNEL
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel is started by jumping to the kernel entry point, which is
|
||||
located at *segment* offset 0x20 from the start of the real mode
|
||||
kernel. This means that if you loaded your real-mode kernel code at
|
||||
0x90000, the kernel entry point is 9020:0000.
|
||||
|
||||
At entry, ds = es = ss should point to the start of the real-mode
|
||||
kernel code (0x9000 if the code is loaded at 0x90000), sp should be
|
||||
set up properly, normally pointing to the top of the heap, and
|
||||
interrupts should be disabled. Furthermore, to guard against bugs in
|
||||
the kernel, it is recommended that the boot loader sets fs = gs = ds =
|
||||
es = ss.
|
||||
|
||||
In our example from above, we would do:
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: in the case of the "old" kernel protocol, base_ptr must
|
||||
be == 0x90000 at this point; see the previous sample code */
|
||||
|
||||
seg = base_ptr >> 4;
|
||||
|
||||
cli(); /* Enter with interrupts disabled! */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set up the real-mode kernel stack */
|
||||
_SS = seg;
|
||||
_SP = heap_end;
|
||||
|
||||
_DS = _ES = _FS = _GS = seg;
|
||||
jmp_far(seg+0x20, 0); /* Run the kernel */
|
||||
|
||||
If your boot sector accesses a floppy drive, it is recommended to
|
||||
switch off the floppy motor before running the kernel, since the
|
||||
kernel boot leaves interrupts off and thus the motor will not be
|
||||
switched off, especially if the loaded kernel has the floppy driver as
|
||||
a demand-loaded module!
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** ADVANCED BOOT LOADER HOOKS
|
||||
|
||||
If the boot loader runs in a particularly hostile environment (such as
|
||||
LOADLIN, which runs under DOS) it may be impossible to follow the
|
||||
standard memory location requirements. Such a boot loader may use the
|
||||
following hooks that, if set, are invoked by the kernel at the
|
||||
appropriate time. The use of these hooks should probably be
|
||||
considered an absolutely last resort!
|
||||
|
||||
IMPORTANT: All the hooks are required to preserve %esp, %ebp, %esi and
|
||||
%edi across invocation.
|
||||
|
||||
realmode_swtch:
|
||||
A 16-bit real mode far subroutine invoked immediately before
|
||||
entering protected mode. The default routine disables NMI, so
|
||||
your routine should probably do so, too.
|
||||
|
||||
code32_start:
|
||||
A 32-bit flat-mode routine *jumped* to immediately after the
|
||||
transition to protected mode, but before the kernel is
|
||||
uncompressed. No segments, except CS, are guaranteed to be
|
||||
set up (current kernels do, but older ones do not); you should
|
||||
set them up to BOOT_DS (0x18) yourself.
|
||||
|
||||
After completing your hook, you should jump to the address
|
||||
that was in this field before your boot loader overwrote it
|
||||
(relocated, if appropriate.)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**** 32-bit BOOT PROTOCOL
|
||||
|
||||
For machine with some new BIOS other than legacy BIOS, such as EFI,
|
||||
LinuxBIOS, etc, and kexec, the 16-bit real mode setup code in kernel
|
||||
based on legacy BIOS can not be used, so a 32-bit boot protocol needs
|
||||
to be defined.
|
||||
|
||||
In 32-bit boot protocol, the first step in loading a Linux kernel
|
||||
should be to setup the boot parameters (struct boot_params,
|
||||
traditionally known as "zero page"). The memory for struct boot_params
|
||||
should be allocated and initialized to all zero. Then the setup header
|
||||
from offset 0x01f1 of kernel image on should be loaded into struct
|
||||
boot_params and examined. The end of setup header can be calculated as
|
||||
follow:
|
||||
|
||||
0x0202 + byte value at offset 0x0201
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to read/modify/write the setup header of the struct
|
||||
boot_params as that of 16-bit boot protocol, the boot loader should
|
||||
also fill the additional fields of the struct boot_params as that
|
||||
described in zero-page.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
After setupping the struct boot_params, the boot loader can load the
|
||||
32/64-bit kernel in the same way as that of 16-bit boot protocol.
|
||||
|
||||
In 32-bit boot protocol, the kernel is started by jumping to the
|
||||
32-bit kernel entry point, which is the start address of loaded
|
||||
32/64-bit kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
At entry, the CPU must be in 32-bit protected mode with paging
|
||||
disabled; a GDT must be loaded with the descriptors for selectors
|
||||
__BOOT_CS(0x10) and __BOOT_DS(0x18); both descriptors must be 4G flat
|
||||
segment; __BOOS_CS must have execute/read permission, and __BOOT_DS
|
||||
must have read/write permission; CS must be __BOOT_CS and DS, ES, SS
|
||||
must be __BOOT_DS; interrupt must be disabled; %esi must hold the base
|
||||
address of the struct boot_params; %ebp, %edi and %ebx must be zero.
|
305
Documentation/x86/mtrr.txt
Normal file
305
Documentation/x86/mtrr.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
|
||||
MTRR (Memory Type Range Register) control
|
||||
3 Jun 1999
|
||||
Richard Gooch
|
||||
<rgooch@atnf.csiro.au>
|
||||
|
||||
On Intel P6 family processors (Pentium Pro, Pentium II and later)
|
||||
the Memory Type Range Registers (MTRRs) may be used to control
|
||||
processor access to memory ranges. This is most useful when you have
|
||||
a video (VGA) card on a PCI or AGP bus. Enabling write-combining
|
||||
allows bus write transfers to be combined into a larger transfer
|
||||
before bursting over the PCI/AGP bus. This can increase performance
|
||||
of image write operations 2.5 times or more.
|
||||
|
||||
The Cyrix 6x86, 6x86MX and M II processors have Address Range
|
||||
Registers (ARRs) which provide a similar functionality to MTRRs. For
|
||||
these, the ARRs are used to emulate the MTRRs.
|
||||
|
||||
The AMD K6-2 (stepping 8 and above) and K6-3 processors have two
|
||||
MTRRs. These are supported. The AMD Athlon family provide 8 Intel
|
||||
style MTRRs.
|
||||
|
||||
The Centaur C6 (WinChip) has 8 MCRs, allowing write-combining. These
|
||||
are supported.
|
||||
|
||||
The VIA Cyrix III and VIA C3 CPUs offer 8 Intel style MTRRs.
|
||||
|
||||
The CONFIG_MTRR option creates a /proc/mtrr file which may be used
|
||||
to manipulate your MTRRs. Typically the X server should use
|
||||
this. This should have a reasonably generic interface so that
|
||||
similar control registers on other processors can be easily
|
||||
supported.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
There are two interfaces to /proc/mtrr: one is an ASCII interface
|
||||
which allows you to read and write. The other is an ioctl()
|
||||
interface. The ASCII interface is meant for administration. The
|
||||
ioctl() interface is meant for C programs (i.e. the X server). The
|
||||
interfaces are described below, with sample commands and C code.
|
||||
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
Reading MTRRs from the shell:
|
||||
|
||||
% cat /proc/mtrr
|
||||
reg00: base=0x00000000 ( 0MB), size= 128MB: write-back, count=1
|
||||
reg01: base=0x08000000 ( 128MB), size= 64MB: write-back, count=1
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
Creating MTRRs from the C-shell:
|
||||
# echo "base=0xf8000000 size=0x400000 type=write-combining" >! /proc/mtrr
|
||||
or if you use bash:
|
||||
# echo "base=0xf8000000 size=0x400000 type=write-combining" >| /proc/mtrr
|
||||
|
||||
And the result thereof:
|
||||
% cat /proc/mtrr
|
||||
reg00: base=0x00000000 ( 0MB), size= 128MB: write-back, count=1
|
||||
reg01: base=0x08000000 ( 128MB), size= 64MB: write-back, count=1
|
||||
reg02: base=0xf8000000 (3968MB), size= 4MB: write-combining, count=1
|
||||
|
||||
This is for video RAM at base address 0xf8000000 and size 4 megabytes. To
|
||||
find out your base address, you need to look at the output of your X
|
||||
server, which tells you where the linear framebuffer address is. A
|
||||
typical line that you may get is:
|
||||
|
||||
(--) S3: PCI: 968 rev 0, Linear FB @ 0xf8000000
|
||||
|
||||
Note that you should only use the value from the X server, as it may
|
||||
move the framebuffer base address, so the only value you can trust is
|
||||
that reported by the X server.
|
||||
|
||||
To find out the size of your framebuffer (what, you don't actually
|
||||
know?), the following line will tell you:
|
||||
|
||||
(--) S3: videoram: 4096k
|
||||
|
||||
That's 4 megabytes, which is 0x400000 bytes (in hexadecimal).
|
||||
A patch is being written for XFree86 which will make this automatic:
|
||||
in other words the X server will manipulate /proc/mtrr using the
|
||||
ioctl() interface, so users won't have to do anything. If you use a
|
||||
commercial X server, lobby your vendor to add support for MTRRs.
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
Creating overlapping MTRRs:
|
||||
|
||||
%echo "base=0xfb000000 size=0x1000000 type=write-combining" >/proc/mtrr
|
||||
%echo "base=0xfb000000 size=0x1000 type=uncachable" >/proc/mtrr
|
||||
|
||||
And the results: cat /proc/mtrr
|
||||
reg00: base=0x00000000 ( 0MB), size= 64MB: write-back, count=1
|
||||
reg01: base=0xfb000000 (4016MB), size= 16MB: write-combining, count=1
|
||||
reg02: base=0xfb000000 (4016MB), size= 4kB: uncachable, count=1
|
||||
|
||||
Some cards (especially Voodoo Graphics boards) need this 4 kB area
|
||||
excluded from the beginning of the region because it is used for
|
||||
registers.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: You can only create type=uncachable region, if the first
|
||||
region that you created is type=write-combining.
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
Removing MTRRs from the C-shell:
|
||||
% echo "disable=2" >! /proc/mtrr
|
||||
or using bash:
|
||||
% echo "disable=2" >| /proc/mtrr
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
Reading MTRRs from a C program using ioctl()'s:
|
||||
|
||||
/* mtrr-show.c
|
||||
|
||||
Source file for mtrr-show (example program to show MTRRs using ioctl()'s)
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1997-1998 Richard Gooch
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
Richard Gooch may be reached by email at rgooch@atnf.csiro.au
|
||||
The postal address is:
|
||||
Richard Gooch, c/o ATNF, P. O. Box 76, Epping, N.S.W., 2121, Australia.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
This program will use an ioctl() on /proc/mtrr to show the current MTRR
|
||||
settings. This is an alternative to reading /proc/mtrr.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Written by Richard Gooch 17-DEC-1997
|
||||
|
||||
Last updated by Richard Gooch 2-MAY-1998
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/mtrr.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define TRUE 1
|
||||
#define FALSE 0
|
||||
#define ERRSTRING strerror (errno)
|
||||
|
||||
static char *mtrr_strings[MTRR_NUM_TYPES] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"uncachable", /* 0 */
|
||||
"write-combining", /* 1 */
|
||||
"?", /* 2 */
|
||||
"?", /* 3 */
|
||||
"write-through", /* 4 */
|
||||
"write-protect", /* 5 */
|
||||
"write-back", /* 6 */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int main ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
struct mtrr_gentry gentry;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( ( fd = open ("/proc/mtrr", O_RDONLY, 0) ) == -1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (errno == ENOENT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fputs ("/proc/mtrr not found: not supported or you don't have a PPro?\n",
|
||||
stderr);
|
||||
exit (1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Error opening /proc/mtrr\t%s\n", ERRSTRING);
|
||||
exit (2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (gentry.regnum = 0; ioctl (fd, MTRRIOC_GET_ENTRY, &gentry) == 0;
|
||||
++gentry.regnum)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (gentry.size < 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Register: %u disabled\n", gentry.regnum);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Register: %u base: 0x%lx size: 0x%lx type: %s\n",
|
||||
gentry.regnum, gentry.base, gentry.size,
|
||||
mtrr_strings[gentry.type]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (errno == EINVAL) exit (0);
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Error doing ioctl(2) on /dev/mtrr\t%s\n", ERRSTRING);
|
||||
exit (3);
|
||||
} /* End Function main */
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
Creating MTRRs from a C programme using ioctl()'s:
|
||||
|
||||
/* mtrr-add.c
|
||||
|
||||
Source file for mtrr-add (example programme to add an MTRRs using ioctl())
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1997-1998 Richard Gooch
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
Richard Gooch may be reached by email at rgooch@atnf.csiro.au
|
||||
The postal address is:
|
||||
Richard Gooch, c/o ATNF, P. O. Box 76, Epping, N.S.W., 2121, Australia.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
This programme will use an ioctl() on /proc/mtrr to add an entry. The first
|
||||
available mtrr is used. This is an alternative to writing /proc/mtrr.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Written by Richard Gooch 17-DEC-1997
|
||||
|
||||
Last updated by Richard Gooch 2-MAY-1998
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/mtrr.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define TRUE 1
|
||||
#define FALSE 0
|
||||
#define ERRSTRING strerror (errno)
|
||||
|
||||
static char *mtrr_strings[MTRR_NUM_TYPES] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"uncachable", /* 0 */
|
||||
"write-combining", /* 1 */
|
||||
"?", /* 2 */
|
||||
"?", /* 3 */
|
||||
"write-through", /* 4 */
|
||||
"write-protect", /* 5 */
|
||||
"write-back", /* 6 */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int main (int argc, char **argv)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
struct mtrr_sentry sentry;
|
||||
|
||||
if (argc != 4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Usage:\tmtrr-add base size type\n");
|
||||
exit (1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
sentry.base = strtoul (argv[1], NULL, 0);
|
||||
sentry.size = strtoul (argv[2], NULL, 0);
|
||||
for (sentry.type = 0; sentry.type < MTRR_NUM_TYPES; ++sentry.type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strcmp (argv[3], mtrr_strings[sentry.type]) == 0) break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (sentry.type >= MTRR_NUM_TYPES)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Illegal type: \"%s\"\n", argv[3]);
|
||||
exit (2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( ( fd = open ("/proc/mtrr", O_WRONLY, 0) ) == -1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (errno == ENOENT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fputs ("/proc/mtrr not found: not supported or you don't have a PPro?\n",
|
||||
stderr);
|
||||
exit (3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Error opening /proc/mtrr\t%s\n", ERRSTRING);
|
||||
exit (4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (ioctl (fd, MTRRIOC_ADD_ENTRY, &sentry) == -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Error doing ioctl(2) on /dev/mtrr\t%s\n", ERRSTRING);
|
||||
exit (5);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fprintf (stderr, "Sleeping for 5 seconds so you can see the new entry\n");
|
||||
sleep (5);
|
||||
close (fd);
|
||||
fputs ("I've just closed /proc/mtrr so now the new entry should be gone\n",
|
||||
stderr);
|
||||
} /* End Function main */
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
@ -14,6 +14,10 @@ PAT allows for different types of memory attributes. The most commonly used
|
||||
ones that will be supported at this time are Write-back, Uncached,
|
||||
Write-combined and Uncached Minus.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PAT APIs
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
There are many different APIs in the kernel that allows setting of memory
|
||||
attributes at the page level. In order to avoid aliasing, these interfaces
|
||||
should be used thoughtfully. Below is a table of interfaces available,
|
||||
@ -26,38 +30,38 @@ address range to avoid any aliasing.
|
||||
API | RAM | ACPI,... | Reserved/Holes |
|
||||
-----------------------|----------|------------|------------------|
|
||||
| | | |
|
||||
ioremap | -- | UC | UC |
|
||||
ioremap | -- | UC- | UC- |
|
||||
| | | |
|
||||
ioremap_cache | -- | WB | WB |
|
||||
| | | |
|
||||
ioremap_nocache | -- | UC | UC |
|
||||
ioremap_nocache | -- | UC- | UC- |
|
||||
| | | |
|
||||
ioremap_wc | -- | -- | WC |
|
||||
| | | |
|
||||
set_memory_uc | UC | -- | -- |
|
||||
set_memory_uc | UC- | -- | -- |
|
||||
set_memory_wb | | | |
|
||||
| | | |
|
||||
set_memory_wc | WC | -- | -- |
|
||||
set_memory_wb | | | |
|
||||
| | | |
|
||||
pci sysfs resource | -- | -- | UC |
|
||||
pci sysfs resource | -- | -- | UC- |
|
||||
| | | |
|
||||
pci sysfs resource_wc | -- | -- | WC |
|
||||
is IORESOURCE_PREFETCH| | | |
|
||||
| | | |
|
||||
pci proc | -- | -- | UC |
|
||||
pci proc | -- | -- | UC- |
|
||||
!PCIIOC_WRITE_COMBINE | | | |
|
||||
| | | |
|
||||
pci proc | -- | -- | WC |
|
||||
PCIIOC_WRITE_COMBINE | | | |
|
||||
| | | |
|
||||
/dev/mem | -- | UC | UC |
|
||||
/dev/mem | -- | WB/WC/UC- | WB/WC/UC- |
|
||||
read-write | | | |
|
||||
| | | |
|
||||
/dev/mem | -- | UC | UC |
|
||||
/dev/mem | -- | UC- | UC- |
|
||||
mmap SYNC flag | | | |
|
||||
| | | |
|
||||
/dev/mem | -- | WB/WC/UC | WB/WC/UC |
|
||||
/dev/mem | -- | WB/WC/UC- | WB/WC/UC- |
|
||||
mmap !SYNC flag | |(from exist-| (from exist- |
|
||||
and | | ing alias)| ing alias) |
|
||||
any alias to this area| | | |
|
||||
@ -68,7 +72,7 @@ pci proc | -- | -- | WC |
|
||||
and | | | |
|
||||
MTRR says WB | | | |
|
||||
| | | |
|
||||
/dev/mem | -- | -- | UC_MINUS |
|
||||
/dev/mem | -- | -- | UC- |
|
||||
mmap !SYNC flag | | | |
|
||||
no alias to this area | | | |
|
||||
and | | | |
|
||||
@ -98,3 +102,35 @@ types.
|
||||
|
||||
Drivers should use set_memory_[uc|wc] to set access type for RAM ranges.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PAT debugging
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
|
||||
With CONFIG_DEBUG_FS enabled, PAT memtype list can be examined by
|
||||
|
||||
# mount -t debugfs debugfs /sys/kernel/debug
|
||||
# cat /sys/kernel/debug/x86/pat_memtype_list
|
||||
PAT memtype list:
|
||||
uncached-minus @ 0x7fadf000-0x7fae0000
|
||||
uncached-minus @ 0x7fb19000-0x7fb1a000
|
||||
uncached-minus @ 0x7fb1a000-0x7fb1b000
|
||||
uncached-minus @ 0x7fb1b000-0x7fb1c000
|
||||
uncached-minus @ 0x7fb1c000-0x7fb1d000
|
||||
uncached-minus @ 0x7fb1d000-0x7fb1e000
|
||||
uncached-minus @ 0x7fb1e000-0x7fb25000
|
||||
uncached-minus @ 0x7fb25000-0x7fb26000
|
||||
uncached-minus @ 0x7fb26000-0x7fb27000
|
||||
uncached-minus @ 0x7fb27000-0x7fb28000
|
||||
uncached-minus @ 0x7fb28000-0x7fb2e000
|
||||
uncached-minus @ 0x7fb2e000-0x7fb2f000
|
||||
uncached-minus @ 0x7fb2f000-0x7fb30000
|
||||
uncached-minus @ 0x7fb31000-0x7fb32000
|
||||
uncached-minus @ 0x80000000-0x90000000
|
||||
|
||||
This list shows physical address ranges and various PAT settings used to
|
||||
access those physical address ranges.
|
||||
|
||||
Another, more verbose way of getting PAT related debug messages is with
|
||||
"debugpat" boot parameter. With this parameter, various debug messages are
|
||||
printed to dmesg log.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -54,10 +54,6 @@ APICs
|
||||
apicmaintimer. Useful when your PIT timer is totally
|
||||
broken.
|
||||
|
||||
disable_8254_timer / enable_8254_timer
|
||||
Enable interrupt 0 timer routing over the 8254 in addition to over
|
||||
the IO-APIC. The kernel tries to set a sensible default.
|
||||
|
||||
Early Console
|
||||
|
||||
syntax: earlyprintk=vga
|
||||
|
910
MAINTAINERS
910
MAINTAINERS
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
2
Makefile
2
Makefile
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
VERSION = 2
|
||||
PATCHLEVEL = 6
|
||||
SUBLEVEL = 27
|
||||
EXTRAVERSION = -rc8
|
||||
EXTRAVERSION =
|
||||
NAME = Rotary Wombat
|
||||
|
||||
# *DOCUMENTATION*
|
||||
|
@ -149,6 +149,9 @@ smp_callin(void)
|
||||
atomic_inc(&init_mm.mm_count);
|
||||
current->active_mm = &init_mm;
|
||||
|
||||
/* inform the notifiers about the new cpu */
|
||||
notify_cpu_starting(cpuid);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Must have completely accurate bogos. */
|
||||
local_irq_enable();
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -148,7 +148,6 @@ config ARCH_MAY_HAVE_PC_FDC
|
||||
|
||||
config ZONE_DMA
|
||||
bool
|
||||
default y
|
||||
|
||||
config GENERIC_ISA_DMA
|
||||
bool
|
||||
@ -178,6 +177,11 @@ config OPROFILE_MPCORE
|
||||
config OPROFILE_ARM11_CORE
|
||||
bool
|
||||
|
||||
config OPROFILE_ARMV7
|
||||
def_bool y
|
||||
depends on CPU_V7 && !SMP
|
||||
bool
|
||||
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
config VECTORS_BASE
|
||||
@ -245,6 +249,7 @@ config ARCH_CLPS7500
|
||||
select TIMER_ACORN
|
||||
select ISA
|
||||
select NO_IOPORT
|
||||
select ARCH_SPARSEMEM_ENABLE
|
||||
help
|
||||
Support for the Cirrus Logic PS7500FE system-on-a-chip.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -306,6 +311,7 @@ config ARCH_IOP13XX
|
||||
select PLAT_IOP
|
||||
select PCI
|
||||
select ARCH_SUPPORTS_MSI
|
||||
select VMSPLIT_1G
|
||||
help
|
||||
Support for Intel's IOP13XX (XScale) family of processors.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -350,6 +356,7 @@ config ARCH_IXP4XX
|
||||
select GENERIC_GPIO
|
||||
select GENERIC_TIME
|
||||
select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
|
||||
select ZONE_DMA if PCI
|
||||
help
|
||||
Support for Intel's IXP4XX (XScale) family of processors.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -434,7 +441,7 @@ config ARCH_ORION5X
|
||||
help
|
||||
Support for the following Marvell Orion 5x series SoCs:
|
||||
Orion-1 (5181), Orion-VoIP (5181L), Orion-NAS (5182),
|
||||
Orion-2 (5281).
|
||||
Orion-2 (5281), Orion-1-90 (6183).
|
||||
|
||||
config ARCH_PNX4008
|
||||
bool "Philips Nexperia PNX4008 Mobile"
|
||||
@ -464,6 +471,7 @@ config ARCH_RPC
|
||||
select HAVE_PATA_PLATFORM
|
||||
select ISA_DMA_API
|
||||
select NO_IOPORT
|
||||
select ARCH_SPARSEMEM_ENABLE
|
||||
help
|
||||
On the Acorn Risc-PC, Linux can support the internal IDE disk and
|
||||
CD-ROM interface, serial and parallel port, and the floppy drive.
|
||||
@ -471,9 +479,7 @@ config ARCH_RPC
|
||||
config ARCH_SA1100
|
||||
bool "SA1100-based"
|
||||
select ISA
|
||||
select ARCH_DISCONTIGMEM_ENABLE
|
||||
select ARCH_SPARSEMEM_ENABLE
|
||||
select ARCH_SELECT_MEMORY_MODEL
|
||||
select ARCH_MTD_XIP
|
||||
select GENERIC_GPIO
|
||||
select GENERIC_TIME
|
||||
@ -497,6 +503,7 @@ config ARCH_SHARK
|
||||
bool "Shark"
|
||||
select ISA
|
||||
select ISA_DMA
|
||||
select ZONE_DMA
|
||||
select PCI
|
||||
help
|
||||
Support for the StrongARM based Digital DNARD machine, also known
|
||||
@ -504,6 +511,8 @@ config ARCH_SHARK
|
||||
|
||||
config ARCH_LH7A40X
|
||||
bool "Sharp LH7A40X"
|
||||
select ARCH_DISCONTIGMEM_ENABLE if !LH7A40X_CONTIGMEM
|
||||
select ARCH_SPARSEMEM_ENABLE if !LH7A40X_CONTIGMEM
|
||||
help
|
||||
Say Y here for systems based on one of the Sharp LH7A40X
|
||||
System on a Chip processors. These CPUs include an ARM922T
|
||||
@ -515,7 +524,9 @@ config ARCH_DAVINCI
|
||||
select GENERIC_TIME
|
||||
select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
|
||||
select GENERIC_GPIO
|
||||
select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
|
||||
select HAVE_CLK
|
||||
select ZONE_DMA
|
||||
help
|
||||
Support for TI's DaVinci platform.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -734,6 +745,29 @@ config SMP
|
||||
|
||||
If you don't know what to do here, say N.
|
||||
|
||||
choice
|
||||
prompt "Memory split"
|
||||
default VMSPLIT_3G
|
||||
help
|
||||
Select the desired split between kernel and user memory.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are not absolutely sure what you are doing, leave this
|
||||
option alone!
|
||||
|
||||
config VMSPLIT_3G
|
||||
bool "3G/1G user/kernel split"
|
||||
config VMSPLIT_2G
|
||||
bool "2G/2G user/kernel split"
|
||||
config VMSPLIT_1G
|
||||
bool "1G/3G user/kernel split"
|
||||
endchoice
|
||||
|
||||
config PAGE_OFFSET
|
||||
hex
|
||||
default 0x40000000 if VMSPLIT_1G
|
||||
default 0x80000000 if VMSPLIT_2G
|
||||
default 0xC0000000
|
||||
|
||||
config NR_CPUS
|
||||
int "Maximum number of CPUs (2-32)"
|
||||
range 2 32
|
||||
@ -815,20 +849,18 @@ config ARCH_FLATMEM_HAS_HOLES
|
||||
default y
|
||||
depends on FLATMEM
|
||||
|
||||
# Discontigmem is deprecated
|
||||
config ARCH_DISCONTIGMEM_ENABLE
|
||||
bool
|
||||
default (ARCH_LH7A40X && !LH7A40X_CONTIGMEM)
|
||||
help
|
||||
Say Y to support efficient handling of discontiguous physical memory,
|
||||
for architectures which are either NUMA (Non-Uniform Memory Access)
|
||||
or have huge holes in the physical address space for other reasons.
|
||||
See <file:Documentation/vm/numa> for more.
|
||||
|
||||
config ARCH_SPARSEMEM_ENABLE
|
||||
bool
|
||||
|
||||
config ARCH_SPARSEMEM_DEFAULT
|
||||
def_bool ARCH_SPARSEMEM_ENABLE
|
||||
|
||||
config ARCH_SELECT_MEMORY_MODEL
|
||||
bool
|
||||
def_bool ARCH_DISCONTIGMEM_ENABLE && ARCH_SPARSEMEM_ENABLE
|
||||
|
||||
config NODES_SHIFT
|
||||
int
|
||||
@ -845,7 +877,7 @@ config LEDS
|
||||
ARCH_LUBBOCK || MACH_MAINSTONE || ARCH_NETWINDER || \
|
||||
ARCH_OMAP || ARCH_P720T || ARCH_PXA_IDP || \
|
||||
ARCH_SA1100 || ARCH_SHARK || ARCH_VERSATILE || \
|
||||
ARCH_AT91 || MACH_TRIZEPS4 || ARCH_DAVINCI || \
|
||||
ARCH_AT91 || ARCH_DAVINCI || \
|
||||
ARCH_KS8695 || MACH_RD88F5182
|
||||
help
|
||||
If you say Y here, the LEDs on your machine will be used
|
||||
@ -1005,9 +1037,9 @@ config ATAGS_PROC
|
||||
|
||||
endmenu
|
||||
|
||||
if (ARCH_SA1100 || ARCH_INTEGRATOR || ARCH_OMAP || ARCH_IMX || ARCH_PXA)
|
||||
menu "CPU Power Management"
|
||||
|
||||
menu "CPU Frequency scaling"
|
||||
if (ARCH_SA1100 || ARCH_INTEGRATOR || ARCH_OMAP || ARCH_IMX || ARCH_PXA)
|
||||
|
||||
source "drivers/cpufreq/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1047,10 +1079,12 @@ config CPU_FREQ_PXA
|
||||
default y
|
||||
select CPU_FREQ_DEFAULT_GOV_USERSPACE
|
||||
|
||||
endmenu
|
||||
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
source "drivers/cpuidle/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
endmenu
|
||||
|
||||
menu "Floating point emulation"
|
||||
|
||||
comment "At least one emulation must be selected"
|
||||
@ -1202,6 +1236,8 @@ source "drivers/power/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
source "drivers/hwmon/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
source "drivers/thermal/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
source "drivers/watchdog/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
source "drivers/ssb/Kconfig"
|
||||
@ -1222,6 +1258,10 @@ source "drivers/usb/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
source "drivers/mmc/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
source "drivers/memstick/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
source "drivers/accessibility/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
source "drivers/leds/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
source "drivers/rtc/Kconfig"
|
||||
@ -1230,6 +1270,8 @@ source "drivers/dma/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
source "drivers/dca/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
source "drivers/auxdisplay/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
source "drivers/regulator/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
source "drivers/uio/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ comma = ,
|
||||
# Note that GCC does not numerically define an architecture version
|
||||
# macro, but instead defines a whole series of macros which makes
|
||||
# testing for a specific architecture or later rather impossible.
|
||||
arch-$(CONFIG_CPU_32v7) :=-D__LINUX_ARM_ARCH__=7 $(call cc-option,-march=armv7a,-march=armv5t -Wa$(comma)-march=armv7a)
|
||||
arch-$(CONFIG_CPU_32v7) :=-D__LINUX_ARM_ARCH__=7 $(call cc-option,-march=armv7-a,-march=armv5t -Wa$(comma)-march=armv7-a)
|
||||
arch-$(CONFIG_CPU_32v6) :=-D__LINUX_ARM_ARCH__=6 $(call cc-option,-march=armv6,-march=armv5t -Wa$(comma)-march=armv6)
|
||||
# Only override the compiler option if ARMv6. The ARMv6K extensions are
|
||||
# always available in ARMv7
|
||||
|
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ KBUILD_CFLAGS = $(subst -pg, , $(ORIG_CFLAGS))
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_CFLAGS := -fpic -fno-builtin
|
||||
EXTRA_AFLAGS :=
|
||||
EXTRA_AFLAGS := -Wa,-march=all
|
||||
|
||||
# Supply ZRELADDR, INITRD_PHYS and PARAMS_PHYS to the decompressor via
|
||||
# linker symbols. We only define initrd_phys and params_phys if the
|
||||
|
@ -421,6 +421,7 @@ __setup_mmu: sub r3, r4, #16384 @ Page directory size
|
||||
add r1, r1, #1048576
|
||||
str r1, [r0]
|
||||
mov pc, lr
|
||||
ENDPROC(__setup_mmu)
|
||||
|
||||
__armv4_mmu_cache_on:
|
||||
mov r12, lr
|
||||
@ -801,7 +802,7 @@ loop1:
|
||||
add r2, r2, #4 @ add 4 (line length offset)
|
||||
ldr r4, =0x3ff
|
||||
ands r4, r4, r1, lsr #3 @ find maximum number on the way size
|
||||
.word 0xe16f5f14 @ clz r5, r4 - find bit position of way size increment
|
||||
clz r5, r4 @ find bit position of way size increment
|
||||
ldr r7, =0x7fff
|
||||
ands r7, r7, r1, lsr #13 @ extract max number of the index size
|
||||
loop2:
|
||||
|
@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ config ICST307
|
||||
|
||||
config SA1111
|
||||
bool
|
||||
select DMABOUNCE
|
||||
select DMABOUNCE if !ARCH_PXA
|
||||
select ZONE_DMA if !ARCH_PXA
|
||||
|
||||
config DMABOUNCE
|
||||
bool
|
||||
|
@ -154,9 +154,7 @@ alloc_safe_buffer(struct dmabounce_device_info *device_info, void *ptr,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
write_lock_irqsave(&device_info->lock, flags);
|
||||
|
||||
list_add(&buf->node, &device_info->safe_buffers);
|
||||
|
||||
write_unlock_irqrestore(&device_info->lock, flags);
|
||||
|
||||
return buf;
|
||||
@ -205,8 +203,22 @@ free_safe_buffer(struct dmabounce_device_info *device_info, struct safe_buffer *
|
||||
|
||||
/* ************************************************** */
|
||||
|
||||
static inline dma_addr_t
|
||||
map_single(struct device *dev, void *ptr, size_t size,
|
||||
static struct safe_buffer *find_safe_buffer_dev(struct device *dev,
|
||||
dma_addr_t dma_addr, const char *where)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!dev || !dev->archdata.dmabounce)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
if (dma_mapping_error(dev, dma_addr)) {
|
||||
if (dev)
|
||||
dev_err(dev, "Trying to %s invalid mapping\n", where);
|
||||
else
|
||||
pr_err("unknown device: Trying to %s invalid mapping\n", where);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return find_safe_buffer(dev->archdata.dmabounce, dma_addr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline dma_addr_t map_single(struct device *dev, void *ptr, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct dmabounce_device_info *device_info = dev->archdata.dmabounce;
|
||||
@ -270,33 +282,21 @@ map_single(struct device *dev, void *ptr, size_t size,
|
||||
return dma_addr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
unmap_single(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
static inline void unmap_single(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr,
|
||||
size_t size, enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct dmabounce_device_info *device_info = dev->archdata.dmabounce;
|
||||
struct safe_buffer *buf = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Trying to unmap an invalid mapping
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (dma_mapping_error(dev, dma_addr)) {
|
||||
dev_err(dev, "Trying to unmap invalid mapping\n");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (device_info)
|
||||
buf = find_safe_buffer(device_info, dma_addr);
|
||||
struct safe_buffer *buf = find_safe_buffer_dev(dev, dma_addr, "unmap");
|
||||
|
||||
if (buf) {
|
||||
BUG_ON(buf->size != size);
|
||||
BUG_ON(buf->direction != dir);
|
||||
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev,
|
||||
"%s: unsafe buffer %p (dma=%#x) mapped to %p (dma=%#x)\n",
|
||||
__func__, buf->ptr, virt_to_dma(dev, buf->ptr),
|
||||
buf->safe, buf->safe_dma_addr);
|
||||
|
||||
DO_STATS ( device_info->bounce_count++ );
|
||||
DO_STATS(dev->archdata.dmabounce->bounce_count++);
|
||||
|
||||
if (dir == DMA_FROM_DEVICE || dir == DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL) {
|
||||
void *ptr = buf->ptr;
|
||||
@ -317,74 +317,7 @@ unmap_single(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr, size_t size,
|
||||
dmac_clean_range(ptr, ptr + size);
|
||||
outer_clean_range(__pa(ptr), __pa(ptr) + size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
free_safe_buffer(device_info, buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int sync_single(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct dmabounce_device_info *device_info = dev->archdata.dmabounce;
|
||||
struct safe_buffer *buf = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (device_info)
|
||||
buf = find_safe_buffer(device_info, dma_addr);
|
||||
|
||||
if (buf) {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Both of these checks from original code need to be
|
||||
* commented out b/c some drivers rely on the following:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1) Drivers may map a large chunk of memory into DMA space
|
||||
* but only sync a small portion of it. Good example is
|
||||
* allocating a large buffer, mapping it, and then
|
||||
* breaking it up into small descriptors. No point
|
||||
* in syncing the whole buffer if you only have to
|
||||
* touch one descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2) Buffers that are mapped as DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL are
|
||||
* usually only synced in one dir at a time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See drivers/net/eepro100.c for examples of both cases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -ds
|
||||
*
|
||||
* BUG_ON(buf->size != size);
|
||||
* BUG_ON(buf->direction != dir);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev,
|
||||
"%s: unsafe buffer %p (dma=%#x) mapped to %p (dma=%#x)\n",
|
||||
__func__, buf->ptr, virt_to_dma(dev, buf->ptr),
|
||||
buf->safe, buf->safe_dma_addr);
|
||||
|
||||
DO_STATS ( device_info->bounce_count++ );
|
||||
|
||||
switch (dir) {
|
||||
case DMA_FROM_DEVICE:
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev,
|
||||
"%s: copy back safe %p to unsafe %p size %d\n",
|
||||
__func__, buf->safe, buf->ptr, size);
|
||||
memcpy(buf->ptr, buf->safe, size);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DMA_TO_DEVICE:
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev,
|
||||
"%s: copy out unsafe %p to safe %p, size %d\n",
|
||||
__func__,buf->ptr, buf->safe, size);
|
||||
memcpy(buf->safe, buf->ptr, size);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL:
|
||||
BUG(); /* is this allowed? what does it mean? */
|
||||
default:
|
||||
BUG();
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* No need to sync the safe buffer - it was allocated
|
||||
* via the coherent allocators.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
free_safe_buffer(dev->archdata.dmabounce, buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -396,21 +329,29 @@ static int sync_single(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr, size_t size,
|
||||
* substitute the safe buffer for the unsafe one.
|
||||
* (basically move the buffer from an unsafe area to a safe one)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
dma_addr_t
|
||||
dma_map_single(struct device *dev, void *ptr, size_t size,
|
||||
dma_addr_t dma_map_single(struct device *dev, void *ptr, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dma_addr_t dma_addr;
|
||||
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev, "%s(ptr=%p,size=%d,dir=%x)\n",
|
||||
__func__, ptr, size, dir);
|
||||
|
||||
BUG_ON(dir == DMA_NONE);
|
||||
BUG_ON(!valid_dma_direction(dir));
|
||||
|
||||
dma_addr = map_single(dev, ptr, size, dir);
|
||||
|
||||
return dma_addr;
|
||||
return map_single(dev, ptr, size, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_map_single);
|
||||
|
||||
dma_addr_t dma_map_page(struct device *dev, struct page *page,
|
||||
unsigned long offset, size_t size, enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev, "%s(page=%p,off=%#lx,size=%zx,dir=%x)\n",
|
||||
__func__, page, offset, size, dir);
|
||||
|
||||
BUG_ON(!valid_dma_direction(dir));
|
||||
|
||||
return map_single(dev, page_address(page) + offset, size, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_map_page);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* see if a mapped address was really a "safe" buffer and if so, copy
|
||||
@ -419,126 +360,76 @@ dma_map_single(struct device *dev, void *ptr, size_t size,
|
||||
* should be)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
dma_unmap_single(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
void dma_unmap_single(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev, "%s(ptr=%p,size=%d,dir=%x)\n",
|
||||
__func__, (void *) dma_addr, size, dir);
|
||||
|
||||
BUG_ON(dir == DMA_NONE);
|
||||
|
||||
unmap_single(dev, dma_addr, size, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_unmap_single);
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
dma_map_sg(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nents,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
int dmabounce_sync_for_cpu(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t addr,
|
||||
unsigned long off, size_t sz, enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
struct safe_buffer *buf;
|
||||
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev, "%s(sg=%p,nents=%d,dir=%x)\n",
|
||||
__func__, sg, nents, dir);
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev, "%s(dma=%#x,off=%#lx,sz=%zx,dir=%x)\n",
|
||||
__func__, addr, off, sz, dir);
|
||||
|
||||
BUG_ON(dir == DMA_NONE);
|
||||
buf = find_safe_buffer_dev(dev, addr, __func__);
|
||||
if (!buf)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < nents; i++, sg++) {
|
||||
struct page *page = sg_page(sg);
|
||||
unsigned int offset = sg->offset;
|
||||
unsigned int length = sg->length;
|
||||
void *ptr = page_address(page) + offset;
|
||||
BUG_ON(buf->direction != dir);
|
||||
|
||||
sg->dma_address =
|
||||
map_single(dev, ptr, length, dir);
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev, "%s: unsafe buffer %p (dma=%#x) mapped to %p (dma=%#x)\n",
|
||||
__func__, buf->ptr, virt_to_dma(dev, buf->ptr),
|
||||
buf->safe, buf->safe_dma_addr);
|
||||
|
||||
DO_STATS(dev->archdata.dmabounce->bounce_count++);
|
||||
|
||||
if (dir == DMA_FROM_DEVICE || dir == DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL) {
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev, "%s: copy back safe %p to unsafe %p size %d\n",
|
||||
__func__, buf->safe + off, buf->ptr + off, sz);
|
||||
memcpy(buf->ptr + off, buf->safe + off, sz);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return nents;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmabounce_sync_for_cpu);
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
dma_unmap_sg(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nents,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
int dmabounce_sync_for_device(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t addr,
|
||||
unsigned long off, size_t sz, enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
struct safe_buffer *buf;
|
||||
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev, "%s(sg=%p,nents=%d,dir=%x)\n",
|
||||
__func__, sg, nents, dir);
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev, "%s(dma=%#x,off=%#lx,sz=%zx,dir=%x)\n",
|
||||
__func__, addr, off, sz, dir);
|
||||
|
||||
BUG_ON(dir == DMA_NONE);
|
||||
buf = find_safe_buffer_dev(dev, addr, __func__);
|
||||
if (!buf)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < nents; i++, sg++) {
|
||||
dma_addr_t dma_addr = sg->dma_address;
|
||||
unsigned int length = sg->length;
|
||||
BUG_ON(buf->direction != dir);
|
||||
|
||||
unmap_single(dev, dma_addr, length, dir);
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev, "%s: unsafe buffer %p (dma=%#x) mapped to %p (dma=%#x)\n",
|
||||
__func__, buf->ptr, virt_to_dma(dev, buf->ptr),
|
||||
buf->safe, buf->safe_dma_addr);
|
||||
|
||||
DO_STATS(dev->archdata.dmabounce->bounce_count++);
|
||||
|
||||
if (dir == DMA_TO_DEVICE || dir == DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL) {
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev, "%s: copy out unsafe %p to safe %p, size %d\n",
|
||||
__func__,buf->ptr + off, buf->safe + off, sz);
|
||||
memcpy(buf->safe + off, buf->ptr + off, sz);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmabounce_sync_for_device);
|
||||
|
||||
void dma_sync_single_range_for_cpu(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr,
|
||||
unsigned long offset, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev, "%s(dma=%#x,off=%#lx,size=%zx,dir=%x)\n",
|
||||
__func__, dma_addr, offset, size, dir);
|
||||
|
||||
if (sync_single(dev, dma_addr, offset + size, dir))
|
||||
dma_cache_maint(dma_to_virt(dev, dma_addr) + offset, size, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_sync_single_range_for_cpu);
|
||||
|
||||
void dma_sync_single_range_for_device(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr,
|
||||
unsigned long offset, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev, "%s(dma=%#x,off=%#lx,size=%zx,dir=%x)\n",
|
||||
__func__, dma_addr, offset, size, dir);
|
||||
|
||||
if (sync_single(dev, dma_addr, offset + size, dir))
|
||||
dma_cache_maint(dma_to_virt(dev, dma_addr) + offset, size, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_sync_single_range_for_device);
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
dma_sync_sg_for_cpu(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nents,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev, "%s(sg=%p,nents=%d,dir=%x)\n",
|
||||
__func__, sg, nents, dir);
|
||||
|
||||
BUG_ON(dir == DMA_NONE);
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < nents; i++, sg++) {
|
||||
dma_addr_t dma_addr = sg->dma_address;
|
||||
unsigned int length = sg->length;
|
||||
|
||||
sync_single(dev, dma_addr, length, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
dma_sync_sg_for_device(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nents,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
dev_dbg(dev, "%s(sg=%p,nents=%d,dir=%x)\n",
|
||||
__func__, sg, nents, dir);
|
||||
|
||||
BUG_ON(dir == DMA_NONE);
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < nents; i++, sg++) {
|
||||
dma_addr_t dma_addr = sg->dma_address;
|
||||
unsigned int length = sg->length;
|
||||
|
||||
sync_single(dev, dma_addr, length, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
dmabounce_init_pool(struct dmabounce_pool *pool, struct device *dev, const char *name,
|
||||
unsigned long size)
|
||||
static int dmabounce_init_pool(struct dmabounce_pool *pool, struct device *dev,
|
||||
const char *name, unsigned long size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pool->size = size;
|
||||
DO_STATS(pool->allocs = 0);
|
||||
@ -549,9 +440,8 @@ dmabounce_init_pool(struct dmabounce_pool *pool, struct device *dev, const char
|
||||
return pool->pool ? 0 : -ENOMEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
dmabounce_register_dev(struct device *dev, unsigned long small_buffer_size,
|
||||
unsigned long large_buffer_size)
|
||||
int dmabounce_register_dev(struct device *dev, unsigned long small_buffer_size,
|
||||
unsigned long large_buffer_size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct dmabounce_device_info *device_info;
|
||||
int ret;
|
||||
@ -607,9 +497,9 @@ dmabounce_register_dev(struct device *dev, unsigned long small_buffer_size,
|
||||
kfree(device_info);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmabounce_register_dev);
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
dmabounce_unregister_dev(struct device *dev)
|
||||
void dmabounce_unregister_dev(struct device *dev)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct dmabounce_device_info *device_info = dev->archdata.dmabounce;
|
||||
|
||||
@ -642,15 +532,6 @@ dmabounce_unregister_dev(struct device *dev)
|
||||
|
||||
dev_info(dev, "dmabounce: device unregistered\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_map_single);
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_unmap_single);
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_map_sg);
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_unmap_sg);
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_sync_sg_for_cpu);
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dma_sync_sg_for_device);
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmabounce_register_dev);
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmabounce_unregister_dev);
|
||||
|
||||
MODULE_AUTHOR("Christopher Hoover <ch@hpl.hp.com>, Deepak Saxena <dsaxena@plexity.net>");
|
||||
|
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@
|
||||
#include <linux/list.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/smp.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/cpumask.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm/irq.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/io.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/mach/irq.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/hardware/gic.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -66,14 +66,6 @@ static void it8152_unmask_irq(unsigned int irq)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void it8152_irq(int irq)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct irq_desc *desc;
|
||||
|
||||
desc = irq_desc + irq;
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(irq, desc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static struct irq_chip it8152_irq_chip = {
|
||||
.name = "it8152",
|
||||
.ack = it8152_mask_irq,
|
||||
@ -128,21 +120,21 @@ void it8152_irq_demux(unsigned int irq, struct irq_desc *desc)
|
||||
bits_pd &= ((1 << IT8152_PD_IRQ_COUNT) - 1);
|
||||
while (bits_pd) {
|
||||
i = __ffs(bits_pd);
|
||||
it8152_irq(IT8152_PD_IRQ(i));
|
||||
generic_handle_irq(IT8152_PD_IRQ(i));
|
||||
bits_pd &= ~(1 << i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bits_lp &= ((1 << IT8152_LP_IRQ_COUNT) - 1);
|
||||
while (bits_lp) {
|
||||
i = __ffs(bits_lp);
|
||||
it8152_irq(IT8152_LP_IRQ(i));
|
||||
generic_handle_irq(IT8152_LP_IRQ(i));
|
||||
bits_lp &= ~(1 << i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bits_ld &= ((1 << IT8152_LD_IRQ_COUNT) - 1);
|
||||
while (bits_ld) {
|
||||
i = __ffs(bits_ld);
|
||||
it8152_irq(IT8152_LD_IRQ(i));
|
||||
generic_handle_irq(IT8152_LD_IRQ(i));
|
||||
bits_ld &= ~(1 << i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -24,9 +24,9 @@
|
||||
#include <linux/platform_device.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/slab.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/spinlock.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <mach/hardware.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/io.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/irq.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/mach/irq.h>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -169,7 +169,6 @@ static struct locomo_dev_info locomo_devices[] = {
|
||||
static void locomo_handler(unsigned int irq, struct irq_desc *desc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int req, i;
|
||||
struct irq_desc *d;
|
||||
void __iomem *mapbase = get_irq_chip_data(irq);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Acknowledge the parent IRQ */
|
||||
@ -181,10 +180,9 @@ static void locomo_handler(unsigned int irq, struct irq_desc *desc)
|
||||
if (req) {
|
||||
/* generate the next interrupt(s) */
|
||||
irq = LOCOMO_IRQ_START;
|
||||
d = irq_desc + irq;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i <= 3; i++, d++, irq++) {
|
||||
for (i = 0; i <= 3; i++, irq++) {
|
||||
if (req & (0x0100 << i)) {
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(irq, d);
|
||||
generic_handle_irq(irq);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -222,12 +220,10 @@ static struct irq_chip locomo_chip = {
|
||||
|
||||
static void locomo_key_handler(unsigned int irq, struct irq_desc *desc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct irq_desc *d;
|
||||
void __iomem *mapbase = get_irq_chip_data(irq);
|
||||
|
||||
if (locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_KEYBOARD + LOCOMO_KIC) & 0x0001) {
|
||||
d = irq_desc + LOCOMO_IRQ_KEY_START;
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(LOCOMO_IRQ_KEY_START, d);
|
||||
generic_handle_irq(LOCOMO_IRQ_KEY_START);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -268,7 +264,6 @@ static struct irq_chip locomo_key_chip = {
|
||||
static void locomo_gpio_handler(unsigned int irq, struct irq_desc *desc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int req, i;
|
||||
struct irq_desc *d;
|
||||
void __iomem *mapbase = get_irq_chip_data(irq);
|
||||
|
||||
req = locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_GIR) &
|
||||
@ -277,10 +272,9 @@ static void locomo_gpio_handler(unsigned int irq, struct irq_desc *desc)
|
||||
|
||||
if (req) {
|
||||
irq = LOCOMO_IRQ_GPIO_START;
|
||||
d = irq_desc + LOCOMO_IRQ_GPIO_START;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i <= 15; i++, irq++, d++) {
|
||||
for (i = 0; i <= 15; i++, irq++) {
|
||||
if (req & (0x0001 << i)) {
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(irq, d);
|
||||
generic_handle_irq(irq);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -361,12 +355,10 @@ static struct irq_chip locomo_gpio_chip = {
|
||||
|
||||
static void locomo_lt_handler(unsigned int irq, struct irq_desc *desc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct irq_desc *d;
|
||||
void __iomem *mapbase = get_irq_chip_data(irq);
|
||||
|
||||
if (locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_LTINT) & 0x0001) {
|
||||
d = irq_desc + LOCOMO_IRQ_LT_START;
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(LOCOMO_IRQ_LT_START, d);
|
||||
generic_handle_irq(LOCOMO_IRQ_LT_START);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -407,17 +399,15 @@ static struct irq_chip locomo_lt_chip = {
|
||||
static void locomo_spi_handler(unsigned int irq, struct irq_desc *desc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int req, i;
|
||||
struct irq_desc *d;
|
||||
void __iomem *mapbase = get_irq_chip_data(irq);
|
||||
|
||||
req = locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_SPI + LOCOMO_SPIIR) & 0x000F;
|
||||
if (req) {
|
||||
irq = LOCOMO_IRQ_SPI_START;
|
||||
d = irq_desc + irq;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i <= 3; i++, irq++, d++) {
|
||||
for (i = 0; i <= 3; i++, irq++) {
|
||||
if (req & (0x0001 << i)) {
|
||||
desc_handle_irq(irq, d);
|
||||
generic_handle_irq(irq);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -25,10 +25,10 @@
|
||||
#include <linux/spinlock.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/dma-mapping.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/clk.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <mach/hardware.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/mach-types.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/io.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/irq.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/mach/irq.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/sizes.h>
|
||||
|
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
|
||||
#include <linux/string.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/slab.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/platform_device.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/io.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/io.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/gpio.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/hardware/scoop.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/kernel.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/module.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/string.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/mach/sharpsl_param.h>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -36,6 +37,7 @@
|
||||
#define PHAD_MAGIC MAGIC_CHG('P','H','A','D')
|
||||
|
||||
struct sharpsl_param_info sharpsl_param;
|
||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(sharpsl_param);
|
||||
|
||||
void sharpsl_save_param(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -17,9 +17,9 @@
|
||||
#include <linux/init.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/interrupt.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/irq.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <mach/hardware.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/io.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/hardware/ioc.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm/mach/time.h>
|
||||
|
@ -16,9 +16,9 @@
|
||||
#include <linux/slab.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/module.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/string.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/io.h>
|
||||
#include <mach/hardware.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/hardware/uengine.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(CONFIG_ARCH_IXP2000)
|
||||
#define IXP_UENGINE_CSR_VIRT_BASE IXP2000_UENGINE_CSR_VIRT_BASE
|
||||
|
@ -4,8 +4,8 @@
|
||||
#include <linux/mm.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/init.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/ioport.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm/io.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/system.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm/mach/pci.h>
|
||||
|
@ -20,8 +20,8 @@
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include <linux/init.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/list.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm/io.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/mach/irq.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/hardware/vic.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
1259
arch/arm/configs/afeb9260_defconfig
Normal file
1259
arch/arm/configs/afeb9260_defconfig
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -496,6 +496,7 @@ CONFIG_INPUT_TOUCHSCREEN=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_TOUCHSCREEN_PENMOUNT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TOUCHSCREEN_TOUCHRIGHT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TOUCHSCREEN_TOUCHWIN is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_TOUCHSCREEN_ATMEL_TSADCC=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_TOUCHSCREEN_UCB1400 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TOUCHSCREEN_USB_COMPOSITE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_MISC is not set
|
||||
|
1466
arch/arm/configs/cm_x300_defconfig
Normal file
1466
arch/arm/configs/cm_x300_defconfig
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -176,14 +176,17 @@ CONFIG_MACH_KUROBOX_PRO=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_DNS323=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_TS209=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_LINKSTATION_PRO=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_LINKSTATION_MINI=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_TS409=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_WRT350N_V2=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_TS78XX=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_MV2120=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_EDMINI_V2=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_MSS2=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_WNR854T=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_RD88F5181L_GE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_RD88F5181L_FXO=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_RD88F6183AP_GE=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Boot options
|
||||
|
951
arch/arm/configs/palmz72_defconfig
Normal file
951
arch/arm/configs/palmz72_defconfig
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,951 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Automatically generated make config: don't edit
|
||||
# Linux kernel version: 2.6.27-rc4
|
||||
# Sun Aug 24 02:29:27 2008
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_ARM=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HAVE_PWM=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORTS_APM_EMULATION=y
|
||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_GPIO=y
|
||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_TIME=y
|
||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MMU=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_NO_IOPORT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_HARDIRQS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_STACKTRACE_SUPPORT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HAVE_LATENCYTOP_SUPPORT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LOCKDEP_SUPPORT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_TRACE_IRQFLAGS_SUPPORT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HARDIRQS_SW_RESEND=y
|
||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_IRQ_PROBE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_RWSEM_GENERIC_SPINLOCK=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_ILOG2_U32 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_ILOG2_U64 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_HWEIGHT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_CALIBRATE_DELAY=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_AOUT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ZONE_DMA=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_MTD_XIP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_HARDIRQS_NO__DO_IRQ=y
|
||||
CONFIG_VECTORS_BASE=0xffff0000
|
||||
CONFIG_DEFCONFIG_LIST="/lib/modules/$UNAME_RELEASE/.config"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# General setup
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_BROKEN_ON_SMP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LOCK_KERNEL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_INIT_ENV_ARG_LIMIT=32
|
||||
CONFIG_LOCALVERSION=""
|
||||
# CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_SWAP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSVIPC=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSVIPC_SYSCTL=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_POSIX_MQUEUE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TASKSTATS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_AUDIT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IKCONFIG is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_LOG_BUF_SHIFT=14
|
||||
# CONFIG_CGROUPS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_GROUP_SCHED is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSFS_DEPRECATED=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSFS_DEPRECATED_V2=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_RELAY is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_NAMESPACES=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_UTS_NS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IPC_NS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_USER_NS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_PID_NS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE=""
|
||||
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSCTL=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_EMBEDDED is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_UID16=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSCTL_SYSCALL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_KALLSYMS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_KALLSYMS_EXTRA_PASS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_HOTPLUG=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PRINTK=y
|
||||
CONFIG_BUG=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ELF_CORE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_COMPAT_BRK=y
|
||||
CONFIG_BASE_FULL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FUTEX=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ANON_INODES=y
|
||||
CONFIG_EPOLL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SIGNALFD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_TIMERFD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_EVENTFD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SHMEM=y
|
||||
CONFIG_VM_EVENT_COUNTERS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SLAB=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SLUB is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SLOB is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_PROFILING is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MARKERS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_HAVE_OPROFILE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_KPROBES is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HAVE_IOREMAP_PROT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_HAVE_KPROBES=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HAVE_KRETPROBES=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_TRACEHOOK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HAVE_DMA_ATTRS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_USE_GENERIC_SMP_HELPERS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_HAVE_CLK=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PROC_PAGE_MONITOR=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HAVE_GENERIC_DMA_COHERENT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SLABINFO=y
|
||||
CONFIG_RT_MUTEXES=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_TINY_SHMEM is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_BASE_SMALL=0
|
||||
CONFIG_MODULES=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MODULE_FORCE_LOAD is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MODULE_FORCE_UNLOAD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MODVERSIONS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MODULE_SRCVERSION_ALL is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_KMOD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_BLOCK=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_LBD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IO_TRACE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_LSF is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_BSG is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INTEGRITY is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# IO Schedulers
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_IOSCHED_NOOP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_IOSCHED_AS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IOSCHED_DEADLINE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IOSCHED_CFQ is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_DEFAULT_AS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEADLINE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEFAULT_CFQ is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEFAULT_NOOP is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_DEFAULT_IOSCHED="anticipatory"
|
||||
CONFIG_CLASSIC_RCU=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# System Type
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_AAEC2000 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_INTEGRATOR is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_REALVIEW is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_VERSATILE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_AT91 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS7500 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS711X is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_EBSA110 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_EP93XX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_FOOTBRIDGE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_NETX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_H720X is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IMX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IOP13XX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IOP32X is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IOP33X is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP23XX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP2000 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP4XX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_L7200 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_KIRKWOOD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_KS8695 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_NS9XXX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_LOKI is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_MV78XX0 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_MXC is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_ORION5X is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_PNX4008 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_PXA=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_RPC is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_SA1100 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_S3C2410 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_SHARK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_LH7A40X is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_DAVINCI is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_OMAP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_MSM7X00A is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Intel PXA2xx/PXA3xx Implementations
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_GUMSTIX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_LUBBOCK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MACH_LOGICPD_PXA270 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MACH_MAINSTONE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_PXA_IDP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_PXA_SHARPSL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_PXA_ESERIES is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MACH_TRIZEPS4 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MACH_EM_X270 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MACH_COLIBRI is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MACH_ZYLONITE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MACH_LITTLETON is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MACH_TAVOREVB is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MACH_SAAR is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MACH_ARMCORE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MACH_MAGICIAN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MACH_PCM027 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_PXA_PALM=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MACH_PALMTX is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_PALMZ72=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_PXA_EZX is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_PXA27x=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PXA_PWM=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Boot options
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Power management
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Processor Type
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_32=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_XSCALE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_32v5=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_ABRT_EV5T=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_PABRT_NOIFAR=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_VIVT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_TLB_V4WBI=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_CP15=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_CP15_MMU=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Processor Features
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_ARM_THUMB=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_CPU_DCACHE_DISABLE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_OUTER_CACHE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_IWMMXT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_XSCALE_PMU=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Bus support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_PCI_SYSCALL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORTS_MSI is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_PCCARD is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Kernel Features
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_TICK_ONESHOT=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_NO_HZ is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HIGH_RES_TIMERS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS_BUILD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PREEMPT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HZ=100
|
||||
CONFIG_AEABI=y
|
||||
CONFIG_OABI_COMPAT=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_DISCONTIGMEM_ENABLE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_SELECT_MEMORY_MODEL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FLATMEM_MANUAL=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_DISCONTIGMEM_MANUAL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_MANUAL is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_FLATMEM=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FLAT_NODE_MEM_MAP=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_STATIC is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_VMEMMAP_ENABLE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_PAGEFLAGS_EXTENDED=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SPLIT_PTLOCK_CPUS=4096
|
||||
# CONFIG_RESOURCES_64BIT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ZONE_DMA_FLAG=1
|
||||
CONFIG_BOUNCE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_VIRT_TO_BUS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ALIGNMENT_TRAP=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Boot options
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_TEXT=0x0
|
||||
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_BSS=0x0
|
||||
CONFIG_CMDLINE="mem=32M console=tty root=/dev/mmcblk0"
|
||||
# CONFIG_XIP_KERNEL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_KEXEC is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CPU Frequency scaling
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_CPU_FREQ is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Floating point emulation
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# At least one emulation must be selected
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE_XP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Userspace binary formats
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_BINFMT_ELF=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Power management options
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_PM=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_PM_DEBUG is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_PM_SLEEP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SUSPEND=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SUSPEND_FREEZER=y
|
||||
CONFIG_APM_EMULATION=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_SUSPEND_POSSIBLE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NET=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Networking options
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_PACKET=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_PACKET_MMAP is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_UNIX=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_KEY is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_INET=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_FIB_HASH=y
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_PNP=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_IPIP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_IPGRE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARPD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_AH is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_ESP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_IPCOMP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_XFRM_TUNNEL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_TUNNEL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_XFRM_MODE_TRANSPORT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_XFRM_MODE_TUNNEL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_XFRM_MODE_BEET is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_LRO is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_INET_DIAG=y
|
||||
CONFIG_INET_TCP_DIAG=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_TCP_CONG_ADVANCED is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_TCP_CONG_CUBIC=y
|
||||
CONFIG_DEFAULT_TCP_CONG="cubic"
|
||||
# CONFIG_TCP_MD5SIG is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IPV6 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETWORK_SECMARK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETFILTER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_DCCP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IP_SCTP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TIPC is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ATM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BRIDGE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DECNET is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_LLC2 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IPX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ATALK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_X25 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_LAPB is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ECONET is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_SCHED is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Network testing
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HAMRADIO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CAN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IRDA is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_AF_RXRPC is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Wireless
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_CFG80211 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MAC80211 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IEEE80211 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RFKILL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NET_9P is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Device Drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Generic Driver Options
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_UEVENT_HELPER_PATH="/sbin/hotplug"
|
||||
CONFIG_STANDALONE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PREVENT_FIRMWARE_BUILD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FW_LOADER=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FIRMWARE_IN_KERNEL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_EXTRA_FIRMWARE=""
|
||||
# CONFIG_SYS_HYPERVISOR is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CONNECTOR is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MTD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_PARPORT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_BLK_DEV=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_COW_COMMON is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LOOP=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CRYPTOLOOP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NBD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CDROM_PKTCDVD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ATA_OVER_ETH is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MISC_DEVICES is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_HAVE_IDE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_IDE is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SCSI device support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_RAID_ATTRS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SCSI is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SCSI_DMA is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SCSI_NETLINK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ATA is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETDEVICES is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ISDN is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Input device support
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_INPUT=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_FF_MEMLESS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_POLLDEV is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Userland interfaces
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_PSAUX is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_X=1024
|
||||
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_Y=768
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYDEV is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_EVBUG is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Input Device Drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBOARD=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_ATKBD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_SUNKBD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_LKKBD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_XTKBD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_NEWTON is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_STOWAWAY is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_KEYBOARD_PXA27x=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_GPIO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_MATRIX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYSTICK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_TABLET is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_TOUCHSCREEN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_MISC is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Hardware I/O ports
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_SERIO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_GAMEPORT is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Character devices
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_VT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CONSOLE_TRANSLATIONS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_VT_CONSOLE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HW_CONSOLE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_VT_HW_CONSOLE_BINDING is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_DEVKMEM=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SERIAL_NONSTANDARD is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Serial drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_SERIAL_8250 is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Non-8250 serial port support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_SERIAL_PXA is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LEGACY_PTYS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LEGACY_PTY_COUNT=256
|
||||
# CONFIG_IPMI_HANDLER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HW_RANDOM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NVRAM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_R3964 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RAW_DRIVER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TCG_TPM is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_I2C=y
|
||||
CONFIG_I2C_BOARDINFO=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_CHARDEV is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_I2C_HELPER_AUTO=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# I2C Hardware Bus support
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# I2C system bus drivers (mostly embedded / system-on-chip)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_GPIO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_OCORES is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_I2C_PXA=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_PXA_SLAVE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_SIMTEC is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# External I2C/SMBus adapter drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_PARPORT_LIGHT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_TAOS_EVM is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Other I2C/SMBus bus drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_PCA_PLATFORM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_STUB is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Miscellaneous I2C Chip support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_DS1682 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_AT24 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_EEPROM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8574 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_PCF8575 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCA9539 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8591 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_TPS65010 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_MAX6875 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_TSL2550 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CORE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_ALGO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_BUS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CHIP is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_SPI=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SPI_MASTER=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SPI Master Controller Drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_SPI_BITBANG is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SPI_PXA2XX is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SPI Protocol Masters
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_SPI_AT25 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_SPI_SPIDEV=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SPI_TLE62X0 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB=y
|
||||
CONFIG_GPIOLIB=y
|
||||
CONFIG_GPIO_SYSFS=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# I2C GPIO expanders:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_GPIO_MAX732X is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_GPIO_PCA953X is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_GPIO_PCF857X is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# PCI GPIO expanders:
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SPI GPIO expanders:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_GPIO_MAX7301 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_GPIO_MCP23S08 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_W1 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_POWER_SUPPLY=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_POWER_SUPPLY_DEBUG is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_PDA_POWER=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_APM_POWER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BATTERY_DS2760 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HWMON is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_WATCHDOG is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Sonics Silicon Backplane
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_SSB_POSSIBLE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SSB is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Multifunction device drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_MFD_CORE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MFD_SM501 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HTC_EGPIO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HTC_PASIC3 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MFD_TMIO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MFD_T7L66XB is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MFD_TC6387XB is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MFD_TC6393XB is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Multimedia devices
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Multimedia core support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_VIDEO_DEV is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DVB_CORE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_VIDEO_MEDIA is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Multimedia drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_DAB is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Graphics support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_VGASTATE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_VIDEO_OUTPUT_CONTROL is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_FB=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_FIRMWARE_EDID is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_DDC is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_FB_CFB_FILLRECT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FB_CFB_COPYAREA=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FB_CFB_IMAGEBLIT=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_CFB_REV_PIXELS_IN_BYTE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_SYS_FILLRECT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_SYS_COPYAREA is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_SYS_IMAGEBLIT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_FOREIGN_ENDIAN is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_SYS_FOPS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_SVGALIB is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_MACMODES is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_BACKLIGHT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_MODE_HELPERS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_TILEBLITTING is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Frame buffer hardware drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_S1D13XXX is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_FB_PXA=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_PXA_SMARTPANEL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_PXA_PARAMETERS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_MBX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_W100 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_AM200EPD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FB_VIRTUAL is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_LCD_SUPPORT=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_LCD_CLASS_DEVICE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_CLASS_DEVICE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_CORGI is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_PWM=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Display device support
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_DISPLAY_SUPPORT=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Display hardware drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Console display driver support
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_DUMMY_CONSOLE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FRAMEBUFFER_CONSOLE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_FRAMEBUFFER_CONSOLE_DETECT_PRIMARY is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FRAMEBUFFER_CONSOLE_ROTATION is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_FONTS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FONT_8x8=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_FONT_8x16 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FONT_6x11 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FONT_7x14 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FONT_PEARL_8x8 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FONT_ACORN_8x8 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FONT_MINI_4x6 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FONT_SUN8x16 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FONT_SUN12x22 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FONT_10x18 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_LOGO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SOUND is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HID_SUPPORT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MMC=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MMC_DEBUG=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MMC_UNSAFE_RESUME is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# MMC/SD Card Drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_MMC_BLOCK=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MMC_BLOCK_BOUNCE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SDIO_UART is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MMC_TEST is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# MMC/SD Host Controller Drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_MMC_PXA=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MMC_SPI is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NEW_LEDS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_LIB=y
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_CLASS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_HCTOSYS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_HCTOSYS_DEVICE="rtc0"
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DEBUG is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# RTC interfaces
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_INTF_SYSFS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_INTF_PROC=y
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_INTF_DEV=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_INTF_DEV_UIE_EMUL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_TEST is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# I2C RTC drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1307 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1374 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1672 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_MAX6900 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_RS5C372 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_ISL1208 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_X1205 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_PCF8563 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_PCF8583 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_M41T80 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_S35390A is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_FM3130 is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SPI RTC drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_M41T94 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1305 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_MAX6902 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_R9701 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_RS5C348 is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Platform RTC drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_CMOS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1511 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1553 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1742 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_STK17TA8 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_M48T86 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_M48T59 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_DRV_V3020 is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# on-CPU RTC drivers
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_DRV_SA1100=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_DMADEVICES is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Voltage and Current regulators
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_REGULATOR is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_REGULATOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_REGULATOR_VIRTUAL_CONSUMER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_REGULATOR_BQ24022 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_UIO is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# File systems
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_EXT2_FS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XIP is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_EXT3_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_EXT3_FS_XATTR=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_EXT3_FS_POSIX_ACL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_EXT3_FS_SECURITY is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_EXT4DEV_FS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_JBD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FS_MBCACHE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_REISERFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_JFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FS_POSIX_ACL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_XFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_OCFS2_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DNOTIFY is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INOTIFY is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_QUOTA is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_AUTOFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_AUTOFS4_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FUSE_FS is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CD-ROM/DVD Filesystems
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_ISO9660_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_UDF_FS is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DOS/FAT/NT Filesystems
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_FAT_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MSDOS_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_VFAT_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FAT_DEFAULT_CODEPAGE=866
|
||||
CONFIG_FAT_DEFAULT_IOCHARSET="utf8"
|
||||
# CONFIG_NTFS_FS is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Pseudo filesystems
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_PROC_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PROC_SYSCTL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSFS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_TMPFS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_TMPFS_POSIX_ACL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CONFIGFS_FS is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Miscellaneous filesystems
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_ADFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_AFFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HFSPLUS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BEFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_EFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CRAMFS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_VXFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MINIX_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_OMFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HPFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_QNX4FS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ROMFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SYSV_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_UFS_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETWORK_FILESYSTEMS is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Partition Types
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_PARTITION_ADVANCED is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NLS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT="utf8"
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_437 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_737 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_775 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_850 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_852 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_855 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_857 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_860 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_861 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_862 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_863 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_864 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_865 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_866=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_869 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_936 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_950 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_932 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_949 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_874 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_8 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1250 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1251 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ASCII is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_1 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_2 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_3 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_4 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_5 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_6 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_7 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_9 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_13 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_14 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_15 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_KOI8_R is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_NLS_KOI8_U is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_NLS_UTF8=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_DLM is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Kernel hacking
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_PRINTK_TIME is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ENABLE_WARN_DEPRECATED=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ENABLE_MUST_CHECK=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FRAME_WARN=1024
|
||||
# CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_UNUSED_SYMBOLS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEBUG_FS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HEADERS_CHECK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_DEBUG_MEMORY_INIT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_LATENCYTOP is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_SYSCTL_SYSCALL_CHECK=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HAVE_FTRACE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HAVE_DYNAMIC_FTRACE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_FTRACE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IRQSOFF_TRACER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_PREEMPT_TRACER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SCHED_TRACER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CONTEXT_SWITCH_TRACER is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SAMPLES is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_KGDB=y
|
||||
CONFIG_DEBUG_USER=y
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Security options
|
||||
#
|
||||
# CONFIG_KEYS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SECURITY is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SECURITY_FILE_CAPABILITIES is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CRYPTO is not set
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Library routines
|
||||
#
|
||||
CONFIG_BITREVERSE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_GENERIC_FIND_FIRST_BIT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_GENERIC_FIND_NEXT_BIT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CRC_CCITT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CRC16 is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_CRC_T10DIF=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_CRC_ITU_T is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_CRC32=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_CRC7 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_LIBCRC32C is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_PLIST=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HAS_IOMEM=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HAS_IOPORT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HAS_DMA=y
|
1678
arch/arm/configs/viper_defconfig
Normal file
1678
arch/arm/configs/viper_defconfig
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1806
arch/arm/configs/xm_x2xx_defconfig
Normal file
1806
arch/arm/configs/xm_x2xx_defconfig
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ extern void __bug(const char *file, int line) __attribute__((noreturn));
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* this just causes an oops */
|
||||
#define BUG() (*(int *)0 = 0)
|
||||
#define BUG() do { *(int *)0 = 0; } while (1)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -444,94 +444,4 @@ static inline void flush_ioremap_region(unsigned long phys, void __iomem *virt,
|
||||
dmac_inv_range(start, start + size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define __cacheid_present(val) (val != read_cpuid(CPUID_ID))
|
||||
#define __cacheid_type_v7(val) ((val & (7 << 29)) == (4 << 29))
|
||||
|
||||
#define __cacheid_vivt_prev7(val) ((val & (15 << 25)) != (14 << 25))
|
||||
#define __cacheid_vipt_prev7(val) ((val & (15 << 25)) == (14 << 25))
|
||||
#define __cacheid_vipt_nonaliasing_prev7(val) ((val & (15 << 25 | 1 << 23)) == (14 << 25))
|
||||
#define __cacheid_vipt_aliasing_prev7(val) ((val & (15 << 25 | 1 << 23)) == (14 << 25 | 1 << 23))
|
||||
|
||||
#define __cacheid_vivt(val) (__cacheid_type_v7(val) ? 0 : __cacheid_vivt_prev7(val))
|
||||
#define __cacheid_vipt(val) (__cacheid_type_v7(val) ? 1 : __cacheid_vipt_prev7(val))
|
||||
#define __cacheid_vipt_nonaliasing(val) (__cacheid_type_v7(val) ? 1 : __cacheid_vipt_nonaliasing_prev7(val))
|
||||
#define __cacheid_vipt_aliasing(val) (__cacheid_type_v7(val) ? 0 : __cacheid_vipt_aliasing_prev7(val))
|
||||
#define __cacheid_vivt_asid_tagged_instr(val) (__cacheid_type_v7(val) ? ((val & (3 << 14)) == (1 << 14)) : 0)
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_VIVT) && !defined(CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_VIPT)
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* VIVT caches only
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define cache_is_vivt() 1
|
||||
#define cache_is_vipt() 0
|
||||
#define cache_is_vipt_nonaliasing() 0
|
||||
#define cache_is_vipt_aliasing() 0
|
||||
#define icache_is_vivt_asid_tagged() 0
|
||||
|
||||
#elif !defined(CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_VIVT) && defined(CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_VIPT)
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* VIPT caches only
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define cache_is_vivt() 0
|
||||
#define cache_is_vipt() 1
|
||||
#define cache_is_vipt_nonaliasing() \
|
||||
({ \
|
||||
unsigned int __val = read_cpuid(CPUID_CACHETYPE); \
|
||||
__cacheid_vipt_nonaliasing(__val); \
|
||||
})
|
||||
|
||||
#define cache_is_vipt_aliasing() \
|
||||
({ \
|
||||
unsigned int __val = read_cpuid(CPUID_CACHETYPE); \
|
||||
__cacheid_vipt_aliasing(__val); \
|
||||
})
|
||||
|
||||
#define icache_is_vivt_asid_tagged() \
|
||||
({ \
|
||||
unsigned int __val = read_cpuid(CPUID_CACHETYPE); \
|
||||
__cacheid_vivt_asid_tagged_instr(__val); \
|
||||
})
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* VIVT or VIPT caches. Note that this is unreliable since ARM926
|
||||
* and V6 CPUs satisfy the "(val & (15 << 25)) == (14 << 25)" test.
|
||||
* There's no way to tell from the CacheType register what type (!)
|
||||
* the cache is.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define cache_is_vivt() \
|
||||
({ \
|
||||
unsigned int __val = read_cpuid(CPUID_CACHETYPE); \
|
||||
(!__cacheid_present(__val)) || __cacheid_vivt(__val); \
|
||||
})
|
||||
|
||||
#define cache_is_vipt() \
|
||||
({ \
|
||||
unsigned int __val = read_cpuid(CPUID_CACHETYPE); \
|
||||
__cacheid_present(__val) && __cacheid_vipt(__val); \
|
||||
})
|
||||
|
||||
#define cache_is_vipt_nonaliasing() \
|
||||
({ \
|
||||
unsigned int __val = read_cpuid(CPUID_CACHETYPE); \
|
||||
__cacheid_present(__val) && \
|
||||
__cacheid_vipt_nonaliasing(__val); \
|
||||
})
|
||||
|
||||
#define cache_is_vipt_aliasing() \
|
||||
({ \
|
||||
unsigned int __val = read_cpuid(CPUID_CACHETYPE); \
|
||||
__cacheid_present(__val) && \
|
||||
__cacheid_vipt_aliasing(__val); \
|
||||
})
|
||||
|
||||
#define icache_is_vivt_asid_tagged() \
|
||||
({ \
|
||||
unsigned int __val = read_cpuid(CPUID_CACHETYPE); \
|
||||
__cacheid_present(__val) && \
|
||||
__cacheid_vivt_asid_tagged_instr(__val); \
|
||||
})
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
52
arch/arm/include/asm/cachetype.h
Normal file
52
arch/arm/include/asm/cachetype.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||
#ifndef __ASM_ARM_CACHETYPE_H
|
||||
#define __ASM_ARM_CACHETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#define CACHEID_VIVT (1 << 0)
|
||||
#define CACHEID_VIPT_NONALIASING (1 << 1)
|
||||
#define CACHEID_VIPT_ALIASING (1 << 2)
|
||||
#define CACHEID_VIPT (CACHEID_VIPT_ALIASING|CACHEID_VIPT_NONALIASING)
|
||||
#define CACHEID_ASID_TAGGED (1 << 3)
|
||||
|
||||
extern unsigned int cacheid;
|
||||
|
||||
#define cache_is_vivt() cacheid_is(CACHEID_VIVT)
|
||||
#define cache_is_vipt() cacheid_is(CACHEID_VIPT)
|
||||
#define cache_is_vipt_nonaliasing() cacheid_is(CACHEID_VIPT_NONALIASING)
|
||||
#define cache_is_vipt_aliasing() cacheid_is(CACHEID_VIPT_ALIASING)
|
||||
#define icache_is_vivt_asid_tagged() cacheid_is(CACHEID_ASID_TAGGED)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* __LINUX_ARM_ARCH__ is the minimum supported CPU architecture
|
||||
* Mask out support which will never be present on newer CPUs.
|
||||
* - v6+ is never VIVT
|
||||
* - v7+ VIPT never aliases
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if __LINUX_ARM_ARCH__ >= 7
|
||||
#define __CACHEID_ARCH_MIN (CACHEID_VIPT_NONALIASING | CACHEID_ASID_TAGGED)
|
||||
#elif __LINUX_ARM_ARCH__ >= 6
|
||||
#define __CACHEID_ARCH_MIN (~CACHEID_VIVT)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define __CACHEID_ARCH_MIN (~0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Mask out support which isn't configured
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_VIVT) && !defined(CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_VIPT)
|
||||
#define __CACHEID_ALWAYS (CACHEID_VIVT)
|
||||
#define __CACHEID_NEVER (~CACHEID_VIVT)
|
||||
#elif !defined(CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_VIVT) && defined(CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_VIPT)
|
||||
#define __CACHEID_ALWAYS (0)
|
||||
#define __CACHEID_NEVER (CACHEID_VIVT)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define __CACHEID_ALWAYS (0)
|
||||
#define __CACHEID_NEVER (0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static inline unsigned int __attribute__((pure)) cacheid_is(unsigned int mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (__CACHEID_ALWAYS & mask) |
|
||||
(~__CACHEID_NEVER & __CACHEID_ARCH_MIN & mask & cacheid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
64
arch/arm/include/asm/cputype.h
Normal file
64
arch/arm/include/asm/cputype.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
|
||||
#ifndef __ASM_ARM_CPUTYPE_H
|
||||
#define __ASM_ARM_CPUTYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/stringify.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define CPUID_ID 0
|
||||
#define CPUID_CACHETYPE 1
|
||||
#define CPUID_TCM 2
|
||||
#define CPUID_TLBTYPE 3
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_CPU_CP15
|
||||
#define read_cpuid(reg) \
|
||||
({ \
|
||||
unsigned int __val; \
|
||||
asm("mrc p15, 0, %0, c0, c0, " __stringify(reg) \
|
||||
: "=r" (__val) \
|
||||
: \
|
||||
: "cc"); \
|
||||
__val; \
|
||||
})
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern unsigned int processor_id;
|
||||
#define read_cpuid(reg) (processor_id)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The CPU ID never changes at run time, so we might as well tell the
|
||||
* compiler that it's constant. Use this function to read the CPU ID
|
||||
* rather than directly reading processor_id or read_cpuid() directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline unsigned int __attribute_const__ read_cpuid_id(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return read_cpuid(CPUID_ID);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline unsigned int __attribute_const__ read_cpuid_cachetype(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return read_cpuid(CPUID_CACHETYPE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Intel's XScale3 core supports some v6 features (supersections, L2)
|
||||
* but advertises itself as v5 as it does not support the v6 ISA. For
|
||||
* this reason, we need a way to explicitly test for this type of CPU.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIG_CPU_XSC3
|
||||
#define cpu_is_xsc3() 0
|
||||
#else
|
||||
static inline int cpu_is_xsc3(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((read_cpuid_id() & 0xffffe000) == 0x69056000)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(CONFIG_CPU_XSCALE) && !defined(CONFIG_CPU_XSC3)
|
||||
#define cpu_is_xscale() 0
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define cpu_is_xscale() 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -104,15 +104,14 @@ static inline int dma_mapping_error(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr)
|
||||
* Dummy noncoherent implementation. We don't provide a dma_cache_sync
|
||||
* function so drivers using this API are highlighted with build warnings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void *
|
||||
dma_alloc_noncoherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, dma_addr_t *handle, gfp_t gfp)
|
||||
static inline void *dma_alloc_noncoherent(struct device *dev, size_t size,
|
||||
dma_addr_t *handle, gfp_t gfp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
dma_free_noncoherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr,
|
||||
dma_addr_t handle)
|
||||
static inline void dma_free_noncoherent(struct device *dev, size_t size,
|
||||
void *cpu_addr, dma_addr_t handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -127,8 +126,7 @@ dma_free_noncoherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr,
|
||||
* return the CPU-viewed address, and sets @handle to be the
|
||||
* device-viewed address.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void *
|
||||
dma_alloc_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, dma_addr_t *handle, gfp_t gfp);
|
||||
extern void *dma_alloc_coherent(struct device *, size_t, dma_addr_t *, gfp_t);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dma_free_coherent - free memory allocated by dma_alloc_coherent
|
||||
@ -143,9 +141,7 @@ dma_alloc_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, dma_addr_t *handle, gfp_t gf
|
||||
* References to memory and mappings associated with cpu_addr/handle
|
||||
* during and after this call executing are illegal.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void
|
||||
dma_free_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr,
|
||||
dma_addr_t handle);
|
||||
extern void dma_free_coherent(struct device *, size_t, void *, dma_addr_t);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dma_mmap_coherent - map a coherent DMA allocation into user space
|
||||
@ -159,8 +155,8 @@ dma_free_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr,
|
||||
* into user space. The coherent DMA buffer must not be freed by the
|
||||
* driver until the user space mapping has been released.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int dma_mmap_coherent(struct device *dev, struct vm_area_struct *vma,
|
||||
void *cpu_addr, dma_addr_t handle, size_t size);
|
||||
int dma_mmap_coherent(struct device *, struct vm_area_struct *,
|
||||
void *, dma_addr_t, size_t);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
@ -174,282 +170,16 @@ int dma_mmap_coherent(struct device *dev, struct vm_area_struct *vma,
|
||||
* return the CPU-viewed address, and sets @handle to be the
|
||||
* device-viewed address.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void *
|
||||
dma_alloc_writecombine(struct device *dev, size_t size, dma_addr_t *handle, gfp_t gfp);
|
||||
extern void *dma_alloc_writecombine(struct device *, size_t, dma_addr_t *,
|
||||
gfp_t);
|
||||
|
||||
#define dma_free_writecombine(dev,size,cpu_addr,handle) \
|
||||
dma_free_coherent(dev,size,cpu_addr,handle)
|
||||
|
||||
int dma_mmap_writecombine(struct device *dev, struct vm_area_struct *vma,
|
||||
void *cpu_addr, dma_addr_t handle, size_t size);
|
||||
int dma_mmap_writecombine(struct device *, struct vm_area_struct *,
|
||||
void *, dma_addr_t, size_t);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dma_map_single - map a single buffer for streaming DMA
|
||||
* @dev: valid struct device pointer, or NULL for ISA and EISA-like devices
|
||||
* @cpu_addr: CPU direct mapped address of buffer
|
||||
* @size: size of buffer to map
|
||||
* @dir: DMA transfer direction
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Ensure that any data held in the cache is appropriately discarded
|
||||
* or written back.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The device owns this memory once this call has completed. The CPU
|
||||
* can regain ownership by calling dma_unmap_single() or
|
||||
* dma_sync_single_for_cpu().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIG_DMABOUNCE
|
||||
static inline dma_addr_t
|
||||
dma_map_single(struct device *dev, void *cpu_addr, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!arch_is_coherent())
|
||||
dma_cache_maint(cpu_addr, size, dir);
|
||||
|
||||
return virt_to_dma(dev, cpu_addr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern dma_addr_t dma_map_single(struct device *,void *, size_t, enum dma_data_direction);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dma_map_page - map a portion of a page for streaming DMA
|
||||
* @dev: valid struct device pointer, or NULL for ISA and EISA-like devices
|
||||
* @page: page that buffer resides in
|
||||
* @offset: offset into page for start of buffer
|
||||
* @size: size of buffer to map
|
||||
* @dir: DMA transfer direction
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Ensure that any data held in the cache is appropriately discarded
|
||||
* or written back.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The device owns this memory once this call has completed. The CPU
|
||||
* can regain ownership by calling dma_unmap_page() or
|
||||
* dma_sync_single_for_cpu().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline dma_addr_t
|
||||
dma_map_page(struct device *dev, struct page *page,
|
||||
unsigned long offset, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return dma_map_single(dev, page_address(page) + offset, size, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dma_unmap_single - unmap a single buffer previously mapped
|
||||
* @dev: valid struct device pointer, or NULL for ISA and EISA-like devices
|
||||
* @handle: DMA address of buffer
|
||||
* @size: size of buffer to map
|
||||
* @dir: DMA transfer direction
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unmap a single streaming mode DMA translation. The handle and size
|
||||
* must match what was provided in the previous dma_map_single() call.
|
||||
* All other usages are undefined.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After this call, reads by the CPU to the buffer are guaranteed to see
|
||||
* whatever the device wrote there.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIG_DMABOUNCE
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
dma_unmap_single(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t handle, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* nothing to do */
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern void dma_unmap_single(struct device *, dma_addr_t, size_t, enum dma_data_direction);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dma_unmap_page - unmap a buffer previously mapped through dma_map_page()
|
||||
* @dev: valid struct device pointer, or NULL for ISA and EISA-like devices
|
||||
* @handle: DMA address of buffer
|
||||
* @size: size of buffer to map
|
||||
* @dir: DMA transfer direction
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unmap a single streaming mode DMA translation. The handle and size
|
||||
* must match what was provided in the previous dma_map_single() call.
|
||||
* All other usages are undefined.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After this call, reads by the CPU to the buffer are guaranteed to see
|
||||
* whatever the device wrote there.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
dma_unmap_page(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t handle, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dma_unmap_single(dev, handle, size, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dma_map_sg - map a set of SG buffers for streaming mode DMA
|
||||
* @dev: valid struct device pointer, or NULL for ISA and EISA-like devices
|
||||
* @sg: list of buffers
|
||||
* @nents: number of buffers to map
|
||||
* @dir: DMA transfer direction
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Map a set of buffers described by scatterlist in streaming
|
||||
* mode for DMA. This is the scatter-gather version of the
|
||||
* above dma_map_single interface. Here the scatter gather list
|
||||
* elements are each tagged with the appropriate dma address
|
||||
* and length. They are obtained via sg_dma_{address,length}(SG).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTE: An implementation may be able to use a smaller number of
|
||||
* DMA address/length pairs than there are SG table elements.
|
||||
* (for example via virtual mapping capabilities)
|
||||
* The routine returns the number of addr/length pairs actually
|
||||
* used, at most nents.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device ownership issues as mentioned above for dma_map_single are
|
||||
* the same here.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIG_DMABOUNCE
|
||||
static inline int
|
||||
dma_map_sg(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nents,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < nents; i++, sg++) {
|
||||
char *virt;
|
||||
|
||||
sg->dma_address = page_to_dma(dev, sg_page(sg)) + sg->offset;
|
||||
virt = sg_virt(sg);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!arch_is_coherent())
|
||||
dma_cache_maint(virt, sg->length, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return nents;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern int dma_map_sg(struct device *, struct scatterlist *, int, enum dma_data_direction);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dma_unmap_sg - unmap a set of SG buffers mapped by dma_map_sg
|
||||
* @dev: valid struct device pointer, or NULL for ISA and EISA-like devices
|
||||
* @sg: list of buffers
|
||||
* @nents: number of buffers to map
|
||||
* @dir: DMA transfer direction
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unmap a set of streaming mode DMA translations.
|
||||
* Again, CPU read rules concerning calls here are the same as for
|
||||
* dma_unmap_single() above.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIG_DMABOUNCE
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
dma_unmap_sg(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nents,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/* nothing to do */
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern void dma_unmap_sg(struct device *, struct scatterlist *, int, enum dma_data_direction);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dma_sync_single_range_for_cpu
|
||||
* @dev: valid struct device pointer, or NULL for ISA and EISA-like devices
|
||||
* @handle: DMA address of buffer
|
||||
* @offset: offset of region to start sync
|
||||
* @size: size of region to sync
|
||||
* @dir: DMA transfer direction (same as passed to dma_map_single)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Make physical memory consistent for a single streaming mode DMA
|
||||
* translation after a transfer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you perform a dma_map_single() but wish to interrogate the
|
||||
* buffer using the cpu, yet do not wish to teardown the PCI dma
|
||||
* mapping, you must call this function before doing so. At the
|
||||
* next point you give the PCI dma address back to the card, you
|
||||
* must first the perform a dma_sync_for_device, and then the
|
||||
* device again owns the buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIG_DMABOUNCE
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
dma_sync_single_range_for_cpu(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t handle,
|
||||
unsigned long offset, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!arch_is_coherent())
|
||||
dma_cache_maint(dma_to_virt(dev, handle) + offset, size, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
dma_sync_single_range_for_device(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t handle,
|
||||
unsigned long offset, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!arch_is_coherent())
|
||||
dma_cache_maint(dma_to_virt(dev, handle) + offset, size, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern void dma_sync_single_range_for_cpu(struct device *, dma_addr_t, unsigned long, size_t, enum dma_data_direction);
|
||||
extern void dma_sync_single_range_for_device(struct device *, dma_addr_t, unsigned long, size_t, enum dma_data_direction);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
dma_sync_single_for_cpu(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t handle, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dma_sync_single_range_for_cpu(dev, handle, 0, size, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
dma_sync_single_for_device(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t handle, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dma_sync_single_range_for_device(dev, handle, 0, size, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dma_sync_sg_for_cpu
|
||||
* @dev: valid struct device pointer, or NULL for ISA and EISA-like devices
|
||||
* @sg: list of buffers
|
||||
* @nents: number of buffers to map
|
||||
* @dir: DMA transfer direction
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Make physical memory consistent for a set of streaming
|
||||
* mode DMA translations after a transfer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The same as dma_sync_single_for_* but for a scatter-gather list,
|
||||
* same rules and usage.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIG_DMABOUNCE
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
dma_sync_sg_for_cpu(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nents,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < nents; i++, sg++) {
|
||||
char *virt = sg_virt(sg);
|
||||
if (!arch_is_coherent())
|
||||
dma_cache_maint(virt, sg->length, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
dma_sync_sg_for_device(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nents,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < nents; i++, sg++) {
|
||||
char *virt = sg_virt(sg);
|
||||
if (!arch_is_coherent())
|
||||
dma_cache_maint(virt, sg->length, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern void dma_sync_sg_for_cpu(struct device*, struct scatterlist*, int, enum dma_data_direction);
|
||||
extern void dma_sync_sg_for_device(struct device*, struct scatterlist*, int, enum dma_data_direction);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_DMABOUNCE
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* For SA-1111, IXP425, and ADI systems the dma-mapping functions are "magic"
|
||||
@ -475,7 +205,8 @@ extern void dma_sync_sg_for_device(struct device*, struct scatterlist*, int, enu
|
||||
* appropriate DMA pools for the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int dmabounce_register_dev(struct device *, unsigned long, unsigned long);
|
||||
extern int dmabounce_register_dev(struct device *, unsigned long,
|
||||
unsigned long);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dmabounce_unregister_dev
|
||||
@ -506,7 +237,184 @@ extern void dmabounce_unregister_dev(struct device *);
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int dma_needs_bounce(struct device*, dma_addr_t, size_t);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The DMA API, implemented by dmabounce.c. See below for descriptions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern dma_addr_t dma_map_single(struct device *, void *, size_t,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction);
|
||||
extern dma_addr_t dma_map_page(struct device *, struct page *,
|
||||
unsigned long, size_t, enum dma_data_direction);
|
||||
extern void dma_unmap_single(struct device *, dma_addr_t, size_t,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Private functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int dmabounce_sync_for_cpu(struct device *, dma_addr_t, unsigned long,
|
||||
size_t, enum dma_data_direction);
|
||||
int dmabounce_sync_for_device(struct device *, dma_addr_t, unsigned long,
|
||||
size_t, enum dma_data_direction);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define dmabounce_sync_for_cpu(dev,dma,off,sz,dir) (1)
|
||||
#define dmabounce_sync_for_device(dev,dma,off,sz,dir) (1)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dma_map_single - map a single buffer for streaming DMA
|
||||
* @dev: valid struct device pointer, or NULL for ISA and EISA-like devices
|
||||
* @cpu_addr: CPU direct mapped address of buffer
|
||||
* @size: size of buffer to map
|
||||
* @dir: DMA transfer direction
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Ensure that any data held in the cache is appropriately discarded
|
||||
* or written back.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The device owns this memory once this call has completed. The CPU
|
||||
* can regain ownership by calling dma_unmap_single() or
|
||||
* dma_sync_single_for_cpu().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline dma_addr_t dma_map_single(struct device *dev, void *cpu_addr,
|
||||
size_t size, enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
BUG_ON(!valid_dma_direction(dir));
|
||||
|
||||
if (!arch_is_coherent())
|
||||
dma_cache_maint(cpu_addr, size, dir);
|
||||
|
||||
return virt_to_dma(dev, cpu_addr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dma_map_page - map a portion of a page for streaming DMA
|
||||
* @dev: valid struct device pointer, or NULL for ISA and EISA-like devices
|
||||
* @page: page that buffer resides in
|
||||
* @offset: offset into page for start of buffer
|
||||
* @size: size of buffer to map
|
||||
* @dir: DMA transfer direction
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Ensure that any data held in the cache is appropriately discarded
|
||||
* or written back.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The device owns this memory once this call has completed. The CPU
|
||||
* can regain ownership by calling dma_unmap_page().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline dma_addr_t dma_map_page(struct device *dev, struct page *page,
|
||||
unsigned long offset, size_t size, enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
BUG_ON(!valid_dma_direction(dir));
|
||||
|
||||
if (!arch_is_coherent())
|
||||
dma_cache_maint(page_address(page) + offset, size, dir);
|
||||
|
||||
return page_to_dma(dev, page) + offset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dma_unmap_single - unmap a single buffer previously mapped
|
||||
* @dev: valid struct device pointer, or NULL for ISA and EISA-like devices
|
||||
* @handle: DMA address of buffer
|
||||
* @size: size of buffer (same as passed to dma_map_single)
|
||||
* @dir: DMA transfer direction (same as passed to dma_map_single)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unmap a single streaming mode DMA translation. The handle and size
|
||||
* must match what was provided in the previous dma_map_single() call.
|
||||
* All other usages are undefined.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After this call, reads by the CPU to the buffer are guaranteed to see
|
||||
* whatever the device wrote there.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void dma_unmap_single(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t handle,
|
||||
size_t size, enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* nothing to do */
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* CONFIG_DMABOUNCE */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dma_unmap_page - unmap a buffer previously mapped through dma_map_page()
|
||||
* @dev: valid struct device pointer, or NULL for ISA and EISA-like devices
|
||||
* @handle: DMA address of buffer
|
||||
* @size: size of buffer (same as passed to dma_map_page)
|
||||
* @dir: DMA transfer direction (same as passed to dma_map_page)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unmap a page streaming mode DMA translation. The handle and size
|
||||
* must match what was provided in the previous dma_map_page() call.
|
||||
* All other usages are undefined.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After this call, reads by the CPU to the buffer are guaranteed to see
|
||||
* whatever the device wrote there.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void dma_unmap_page(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t handle,
|
||||
size_t size, enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dma_unmap_single(dev, handle, size, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dma_sync_single_range_for_cpu
|
||||
* @dev: valid struct device pointer, or NULL for ISA and EISA-like devices
|
||||
* @handle: DMA address of buffer
|
||||
* @offset: offset of region to start sync
|
||||
* @size: size of region to sync
|
||||
* @dir: DMA transfer direction (same as passed to dma_map_single)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Make physical memory consistent for a single streaming mode DMA
|
||||
* translation after a transfer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you perform a dma_map_single() but wish to interrogate the
|
||||
* buffer using the cpu, yet do not wish to teardown the PCI dma
|
||||
* mapping, you must call this function before doing so. At the
|
||||
* next point you give the PCI dma address back to the card, you
|
||||
* must first the perform a dma_sync_for_device, and then the
|
||||
* device again owns the buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void dma_sync_single_range_for_cpu(struct device *dev,
|
||||
dma_addr_t handle, unsigned long offset, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
BUG_ON(!valid_dma_direction(dir));
|
||||
|
||||
dmabounce_sync_for_cpu(dev, handle, offset, size, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void dma_sync_single_range_for_device(struct device *dev,
|
||||
dma_addr_t handle, unsigned long offset, size_t size,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
BUG_ON(!valid_dma_direction(dir));
|
||||
|
||||
if (!dmabounce_sync_for_device(dev, handle, offset, size, dir))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!arch_is_coherent())
|
||||
dma_cache_maint(dma_to_virt(dev, handle) + offset, size, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void dma_sync_single_for_cpu(struct device *dev,
|
||||
dma_addr_t handle, size_t size, enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dma_sync_single_range_for_cpu(dev, handle, 0, size, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void dma_sync_single_for_device(struct device *dev,
|
||||
dma_addr_t handle, size_t size, enum dma_data_direction dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dma_sync_single_range_for_device(dev, handle, 0, size, dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The scatter list versions of the above methods.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int dma_map_sg(struct device *, struct scatterlist *, int,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction);
|
||||
extern void dma_unmap_sg(struct device *, struct scatterlist *, int,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction);
|
||||
extern void dma_sync_sg_for_cpu(struct device *, struct scatterlist *, int,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction);
|
||||
extern void dma_sync_sg_for_device(struct device *, struct scatterlist *, int,
|
||||
enum dma_data_direction);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __KERNEL__ */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -3,7 +3,6 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm/hwcap.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* ELF register definitions..
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@ -17,12 +16,34 @@ typedef unsigned long elf_freg_t[3];
|
||||
typedef elf_greg_t elf_gregset_t[ELF_NGREG];
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct user_fp elf_fpregset_t;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define EM_ARM 40
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_APCS26 0x08
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT 0x200
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_EABI_MASK 0xFF000000
|
||||
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_EABI_MASK 0xff000000
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN 0x00000000
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_EABI_VER1 0x01000000
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_EABI_VER2 0x02000000
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_EABI_VER3 0x03000000
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_EABI_VER4 0x04000000
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_EABI_VER5 0x05000000
|
||||
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_BE8 0x00800000 /* ABI 4,5 */
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_LE8 0x00400000 /* ABI 4,5 */
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_MAVERICK_FLOAT 0x00000800 /* ABI 0 */
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT 0x00000400 /* ABI 0 */
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT 0x00000200 /* ABI 0 */
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_OLD_ABI 0x00000100 /* ABI 0 */
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_NEW_ABI 0x00000080 /* ABI 0 */
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_ALIGN8 0x00000040 /* ABI 0 */
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_PIC 0x00000020 /* ABI 0 */
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_MAPSYMSFIRST 0x00000010 /* ABI 2 */
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_APCS_FLOAT 0x00000010 /* ABI 0, floats in fp regs */
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_DYNSYMSUSESEGIDX 0x00000008 /* ABI 2 */
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_APCS_26 0x00000008 /* ABI 0 */
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_SYMSARESORTED 0x00000004 /* ABI 1,2 */
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_INTERWORK 0x00000004 /* ABI 0 */
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_HASENTRY 0x00000002 /* All */
|
||||
#define EF_ARM_RELEXEC 0x00000001 /* All */
|
||||
|
||||
#define R_ARM_NONE 0
|
||||
#define R_ARM_PC24 1
|
||||
@ -41,7 +62,6 @@ typedef struct user_fp elf_fpregset_t;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define ELF_ARCH EM_ARM
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This yields a string that ld.so will use to load implementation
|
||||
* specific libraries for optimization. This is more specific in
|
||||
@ -59,25 +79,17 @@ typedef struct user_fp elf_fpregset_t;
|
||||
#define ELF_PLATFORM (elf_platform)
|
||||
|
||||
extern char elf_platform[];
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct elf32_hdr;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This is used to ensure we don't load something for the wrong architecture.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define elf_check_arch(x) ((x)->e_machine == EM_ARM && ELF_PROC_OK(x))
|
||||
extern int elf_check_arch(const struct elf32_hdr *);
|
||||
#define elf_check_arch elf_check_arch
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* 32-bit code is always OK. Some cpus can do 26-bit, some can't.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ELF_PROC_OK(x) (ELF_THUMB_OK(x) && ELF_26BIT_OK(x))
|
||||
|
||||
#define ELF_THUMB_OK(x) \
|
||||
((elf_hwcap & HWCAP_THUMB && ((x)->e_entry & 1) == 1) || \
|
||||
((x)->e_entry & 3) == 0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ELF_26BIT_OK(x) \
|
||||
((elf_hwcap & HWCAP_26BIT && (x)->e_flags & EF_ARM_APCS26) || \
|
||||
((x)->e_flags & EF_ARM_APCS26) == 0)
|
||||
extern int arm_elf_read_implies_exec(const struct elf32_hdr *, int);
|
||||
#define elf_read_implies_exec(ex,stk) arm_elf_read_implies_exec(&(ex), stk)
|
||||
|
||||
#define USE_ELF_CORE_DUMP
|
||||
#define ELF_EXEC_PAGESIZE 4096
|
||||
@ -94,23 +106,7 @@ extern char elf_platform[];
|
||||
have no such handler. */
|
||||
#define ELF_PLAT_INIT(_r, load_addr) (_r)->ARM_r0 = 0
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Since the FPA coprocessor uses CP1 and CP2, and iWMMXt uses CP0
|
||||
* and CP1, we only enable access to the iWMMXt coprocessor if the
|
||||
* binary is EABI or softfloat (and thus, guaranteed not to use
|
||||
* FPA instructions.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SET_PERSONALITY(ex, ibcs2) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
if ((ex).e_flags & EF_ARM_APCS26) { \
|
||||
set_personality(PER_LINUX); \
|
||||
} else { \
|
||||
set_personality(PER_LINUX_32BIT); \
|
||||
if (elf_hwcap & HWCAP_IWMMXT && (ex).e_flags & (EF_ARM_EABI_MASK | EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT)) \
|
||||
set_thread_flag(TIF_USING_IWMMXT); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
clear_thread_flag(TIF_USING_IWMMXT); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
} while (0)
|
||||
extern void elf_set_personality(const struct elf32_hdr *);
|
||||
#define SET_PERSONALITY(ex, ibcs2) elf_set_personality(&(ex))
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +1,124 @@
|
||||
#ifndef _ASM_FUTEX_H
|
||||
#define _ASM_FUTEX_H
|
||||
#ifndef _ASM_ARM_FUTEX_H
|
||||
#define _ASM_ARM_FUTEX_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __KERNEL__
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm-generic/futex.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else /* !SMP, we can work around lack of atomic ops by disabling preemption */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/futex.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/preempt.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/uaccess.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/errno.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define __futex_atomic_op(insn, ret, oldval, uaddr, oparg) \
|
||||
__asm__ __volatile__( \
|
||||
"1: ldrt %1, [%2]\n" \
|
||||
" " insn "\n" \
|
||||
"2: strt %0, [%2]\n" \
|
||||
" mov %0, #0\n" \
|
||||
"3:\n" \
|
||||
" .section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \
|
||||
" .align 3\n" \
|
||||
" .long 1b, 4f, 2b, 4f\n" \
|
||||
" .previous\n" \
|
||||
" .section .fixup,\"ax\"\n" \
|
||||
"4: mov %0, %4\n" \
|
||||
" b 3b\n" \
|
||||
" .previous" \
|
||||
: "=&r" (ret), "=&r" (oldval) \
|
||||
: "r" (uaddr), "r" (oparg), "Ir" (-EFAULT) \
|
||||
: "cc", "memory")
|
||||
|
||||
static inline int
|
||||
futex_atomic_op_inuser (int encoded_op, int __user *uaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int op = (encoded_op >> 28) & 7;
|
||||
int cmp = (encoded_op >> 24) & 15;
|
||||
int oparg = (encoded_op << 8) >> 20;
|
||||
int cmparg = (encoded_op << 20) >> 20;
|
||||
int oldval = 0, ret;
|
||||
|
||||
if (encoded_op & (FUTEX_OP_OPARG_SHIFT << 28))
|
||||
oparg = 1 << oparg;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!access_ok(VERIFY_WRITE, uaddr, sizeof(int)))
|
||||
return -EFAULT;
|
||||
|
||||
pagefault_disable(); /* implies preempt_disable() */
|
||||
|
||||
switch (op) {
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_SET:
|
||||
__futex_atomic_op("mov %0, %3", ret, oldval, uaddr, oparg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_ADD:
|
||||
__futex_atomic_op("add %0, %1, %3", ret, oldval, uaddr, oparg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_OR:
|
||||
__futex_atomic_op("orr %0, %1, %3", ret, oldval, uaddr, oparg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_ANDN:
|
||||
__futex_atomic_op("and %0, %1, %3", ret, oldval, uaddr, ~oparg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_XOR:
|
||||
__futex_atomic_op("eor %0, %1, %3", ret, oldval, uaddr, oparg);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
ret = -ENOSYS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pagefault_enable(); /* subsumes preempt_enable() */
|
||||
|
||||
if (!ret) {
|
||||
switch (cmp) {
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_CMP_EQ: ret = (oldval == cmparg); break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_CMP_NE: ret = (oldval != cmparg); break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_CMP_LT: ret = (oldval < cmparg); break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_CMP_GE: ret = (oldval >= cmparg); break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_CMP_LE: ret = (oldval <= cmparg); break;
|
||||
case FUTEX_OP_CMP_GT: ret = (oldval > cmparg); break;
|
||||
default: ret = -ENOSYS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline int
|
||||
futex_atomic_cmpxchg_inatomic(int __user *uaddr, int oldval, int newval)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int val;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!access_ok(VERIFY_WRITE, uaddr, sizeof(int)))
|
||||
return -EFAULT;
|
||||
|
||||
pagefault_disable(); /* implies preempt_disable() */
|
||||
|
||||
__asm__ __volatile__("@futex_atomic_cmpxchg_inatomic\n"
|
||||
"1: ldrt %0, [%3]\n"
|
||||
" teq %0, %1\n"
|
||||
"2: streqt %2, [%3]\n"
|
||||
"3:\n"
|
||||
" .section __ex_table,\"a\"\n"
|
||||
" .align 3\n"
|
||||
" .long 1b, 4f, 2b, 4f\n"
|
||||
" .previous\n"
|
||||
" .section .fixup,\"ax\"\n"
|
||||
"4: mov %0, %4\n"
|
||||
" b 3b\n"
|
||||
" .previous"
|
||||
: "=&r" (val)
|
||||
: "r" (oldval), "r" (newval), "r" (uaddr), "Ir" (-EFAULT)
|
||||
: "cc", "memory");
|
||||
|
||||
pagefault_enable(); /* subsumes preempt_enable() */
|
||||
|
||||
return val;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !SMP */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __KERNEL__ */
|
||||
#endif /* _ASM_ARM_FUTEX_H */
|
||||
|
@ -60,10 +60,9 @@ extern void __raw_readsl(const void __iomem *addr, void *data, int longlen);
|
||||
#define MT_DEVICE 0
|
||||
#define MT_DEVICE_NONSHARED 1
|
||||
#define MT_DEVICE_CACHED 2
|
||||
#define MT_DEVICE_IXP2000 3
|
||||
#define MT_DEVICE_WC 4
|
||||
#define MT_DEVICE_WC 3
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* types 5 onwards can be found in asm/mach/map.h and are undefined
|
||||
* types 4 onwards can be found in asm/mach/map.h and are undefined
|
||||
* for ioremap
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -22,6 +22,10 @@
|
||||
#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
|
||||
struct irqaction;
|
||||
extern void migrate_irqs(void);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void asm_do_IRQ(unsigned int, struct pt_regs *);
|
||||
void init_IRQ(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -61,7 +61,6 @@ struct kprobe_ctlblk {
|
||||
void arch_remove_kprobe(struct kprobe *);
|
||||
void kretprobe_trampoline(void);
|
||||
|
||||
int kprobe_trap_handler(struct pt_regs *regs, unsigned int instr);
|
||||
int kprobe_fault_handler(struct pt_regs *regs, unsigned int fsr);
|
||||
int kprobe_exceptions_notify(struct notifier_block *self,
|
||||
unsigned long val, void *data);
|
||||
|
@ -18,16 +18,13 @@ struct map_desc {
|
||||
unsigned int type;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* types 0-4 are defined in asm/io.h */
|
||||
#define MT_CACHECLEAN 5
|
||||
#define MT_MINICLEAN 6
|
||||
#define MT_LOW_VECTORS 7
|
||||
#define MT_HIGH_VECTORS 8
|
||||
#define MT_MEMORY 9
|
||||
#define MT_ROM 10
|
||||
|
||||
#define MT_NONSHARED_DEVICE MT_DEVICE_NONSHARED
|
||||
#define MT_IXP2000_DEVICE MT_DEVICE_IXP2000
|
||||
/* types 0-3 are defined in asm/io.h */
|
||||
#define MT_CACHECLEAN 4
|
||||
#define MT_MINICLEAN 5
|
||||
#define MT_LOW_VECTORS 6
|
||||
#define MT_HIGH_VECTORS 7
|
||||
#define MT_MEMORY 8
|
||||
#define MT_ROM 9
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_MMU
|
||||
extern void iotable_init(struct map_desc *, int);
|
||||
|
@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ struct pxa2xx_udc_mach_info {
|
||||
/* Boards following the design guidelines in the developer's manual,
|
||||
* with on-chip GPIOs not Lubbock's weird hardware, can have a sane
|
||||
* VBUS IRQ and omit the methods above. Store the GPIO number
|
||||
* here; for GPIO 0, also mask in one of the pxa_gpio_mode() bits.
|
||||
* Note that sometimes the signals go through inverters...
|
||||
* here. Note that sometimes the signals go through inverters...
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool gpio_vbus_inverted;
|
||||
u16 gpio_vbus; /* high == vbus present */
|
||||
|
@ -4,8 +4,8 @@
|
||||
#ifndef _ASM_MC146818RTC_H
|
||||
#define _ASM_MC146818RTC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/io.h>
|
||||
#include <mach/irqs.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef RTC_PORT
|
||||
#define RTC_PORT(x) (0x70 + (x))
|
||||
|
@ -13,43 +13,33 @@
|
||||
#ifndef __ASM_ARM_MEMORY_H
|
||||
#define __ASM_ARM_MEMORY_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/compiler.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/const.h>
|
||||
#include <mach/memory.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/sizes.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Allow for constants defined here to be used from assembly code
|
||||
* by prepending the UL suffix only with actual C code compilation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
|
||||
#define UL(x) (x##UL)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define UL(x) (x)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/compiler.h>
|
||||
#include <mach/memory.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/sizes.h>
|
||||
#define UL(x) _AC(x, UL)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_MMU
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TASK_SIZE
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* PAGE_OFFSET - the virtual address of the start of the kernel image
|
||||
* TASK_SIZE - the maximum size of a user space task.
|
||||
* TASK_UNMAPPED_BASE - the lower boundary of the mmap VM area
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TASK_SIZE UL(0xbf000000)
|
||||
#define TASK_UNMAPPED_BASE UL(0x40000000)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define PAGE_OFFSET UL(CONFIG_PAGE_OFFSET)
|
||||
#define TASK_SIZE (UL(CONFIG_PAGE_OFFSET) - UL(0x01000000))
|
||||
#define TASK_UNMAPPED_BASE (UL(CONFIG_PAGE_OFFSET) / 3)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The maximum size of a 26-bit user space task.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TASK_SIZE_26 UL(0x04000000)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Page offset: 3GB
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef PAGE_OFFSET
|
||||
#define PAGE_OFFSET UL(0xc0000000)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The module space lives between the addresses given by TASK_SIZE
|
||||
* and PAGE_OFFSET - it must be within 32MB of the kernel text.
|
||||
@ -147,16 +137,10 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef arch_adjust_zones
|
||||
#define arch_adjust_zones(node,size,holes) do { } while (0)
|
||||
#elif !defined(CONFIG_ZONE_DMA)
|
||||
#error "custom arch_adjust_zones() requires CONFIG_ZONE_DMA"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Amount of memory reserved for the vmalloc() area, and minimum
|
||||
* address for vmalloc mappings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned long vmalloc_reserve;
|
||||
|
||||
#define VMALLOC_MIN (void *)(VMALLOC_END - vmalloc_reserve)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* PFNs are used to describe any physical page; this means
|
||||
* PFN 0 == physical address 0.
|
||||
|
@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/compiler.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/cacheflush.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/cachetype.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/proc-fns.h>
|
||||
#include <asm-generic/mm_hooks.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -184,8 +184,9 @@ typedef struct page *pgtable_t;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !__ASSEMBLY__ */
|
||||
|
||||
#define VM_DATA_DEFAULT_FLAGS (VM_READ | VM_WRITE | VM_EXEC | \
|
||||
VM_MAYREAD | VM_MAYWRITE | VM_MAYEXEC)
|
||||
#define VM_DATA_DEFAULT_FLAGS \
|
||||
(((current->personality & READ_IMPLIES_EXEC) ? VM_EXEC : 0) | \
|
||||
VM_READ | VM_WRITE | VM_MAYREAD | VM_MAYWRITE | VM_MAYEXEC)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* With EABI on ARMv5 and above we must have 64-bit aligned slab pointers.
|
||||
|
@ -164,14 +164,30 @@ extern void __pgd_error(const char *file, int line, unsigned long val);
|
||||
#define L_PTE_PRESENT (1 << 0)
|
||||
#define L_PTE_FILE (1 << 1) /* only when !PRESENT */
|
||||
#define L_PTE_YOUNG (1 << 1)
|
||||
#define L_PTE_BUFFERABLE (1 << 2) /* matches PTE */
|
||||
#define L_PTE_CACHEABLE (1 << 3) /* matches PTE */
|
||||
#define L_PTE_USER (1 << 4)
|
||||
#define L_PTE_WRITE (1 << 5)
|
||||
#define L_PTE_EXEC (1 << 6)
|
||||
#define L_PTE_DIRTY (1 << 7)
|
||||
#define L_PTE_BUFFERABLE (1 << 2) /* obsolete, matches PTE */
|
||||
#define L_PTE_CACHEABLE (1 << 3) /* obsolete, matches PTE */
|
||||
#define L_PTE_DIRTY (1 << 6)
|
||||
#define L_PTE_WRITE (1 << 7)
|
||||
#define L_PTE_USER (1 << 8)
|
||||
#define L_PTE_EXEC (1 << 9)
|
||||
#define L_PTE_SHARED (1 << 10) /* shared(v6), coherent(xsc3) */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* These are the memory types, defined to be compatible with
|
||||
* pre-ARMv6 CPUs cacheable and bufferable bits: XXCB
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define L_PTE_MT_UNCACHED (0x00 << 2) /* 0000 */
|
||||
#define L_PTE_MT_BUFFERABLE (0x01 << 2) /* 0001 */
|
||||
#define L_PTE_MT_WRITETHROUGH (0x02 << 2) /* 0010 */
|
||||
#define L_PTE_MT_WRITEBACK (0x03 << 2) /* 0011 */
|
||||
#define L_PTE_MT_MINICACHE (0x06 << 2) /* 0110 (sa1100, xscale) */
|
||||
#define L_PTE_MT_WRITEALLOC (0x07 << 2) /* 0111 */
|
||||
#define L_PTE_MT_DEV_SHARED (0x04 << 2) /* 0100 */
|
||||
#define L_PTE_MT_DEV_NONSHARED (0x0c << 2) /* 1100 */
|
||||
#define L_PTE_MT_DEV_WC (0x09 << 2) /* 1001 */
|
||||
#define L_PTE_MT_DEV_CACHED (0x0b << 2) /* 1011 */
|
||||
#define L_PTE_MT_MASK (0x0f << 2)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@ -180,23 +196,30 @@ extern void __pgd_error(const char *file, int line, unsigned long val);
|
||||
* as well as any architecture dependent bits like global/ASID and SMP
|
||||
* shared mapping bits.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define _L_PTE_DEFAULT L_PTE_PRESENT | L_PTE_YOUNG | L_PTE_CACHEABLE | L_PTE_BUFFERABLE
|
||||
#define _L_PTE_READ L_PTE_USER | L_PTE_EXEC
|
||||
#define _L_PTE_DEFAULT L_PTE_PRESENT | L_PTE_YOUNG
|
||||
|
||||
extern pgprot_t pgprot_user;
|
||||
extern pgprot_t pgprot_kernel;
|
||||
|
||||
#define PAGE_NONE pgprot_user
|
||||
#define PAGE_COPY __pgprot(pgprot_val(pgprot_user) | _L_PTE_READ)
|
||||
#define PAGE_SHARED __pgprot(pgprot_val(pgprot_user) | _L_PTE_READ | \
|
||||
L_PTE_WRITE)
|
||||
#define PAGE_READONLY __pgprot(pgprot_val(pgprot_user) | _L_PTE_READ)
|
||||
#define PAGE_KERNEL pgprot_kernel
|
||||
#define _MOD_PROT(p, b) __pgprot(pgprot_val(p) | (b))
|
||||
|
||||
#define __PAGE_NONE __pgprot(_L_PTE_DEFAULT)
|
||||
#define __PAGE_COPY __pgprot(_L_PTE_DEFAULT | _L_PTE_READ)
|
||||
#define __PAGE_SHARED __pgprot(_L_PTE_DEFAULT | _L_PTE_READ | L_PTE_WRITE)
|
||||
#define __PAGE_READONLY __pgprot(_L_PTE_DEFAULT | _L_PTE_READ)
|
||||
#define PAGE_NONE pgprot_user
|
||||
#define PAGE_SHARED _MOD_PROT(pgprot_user, L_PTE_USER | L_PTE_WRITE)
|
||||
#define PAGE_SHARED_EXEC _MOD_PROT(pgprot_user, L_PTE_USER | L_PTE_WRITE | L_PTE_EXEC)
|
||||
#define PAGE_COPY _MOD_PROT(pgprot_user, L_PTE_USER)
|
||||
#define PAGE_COPY_EXEC _MOD_PROT(pgprot_user, L_PTE_USER | L_PTE_EXEC)
|
||||
#define PAGE_READONLY _MOD_PROT(pgprot_user, L_PTE_USER)
|
||||
#define PAGE_READONLY_EXEC _MOD_PROT(pgprot_user, L_PTE_USER | L_PTE_EXEC)
|
||||
#define PAGE_KERNEL pgprot_kernel
|
||||
#define PAGE_KERNEL_EXEC _MOD_PROT(pgprot_kernel, L_PTE_EXEC)
|
||||
|
||||
#define __PAGE_NONE __pgprot(_L_PTE_DEFAULT)
|
||||
#define __PAGE_SHARED __pgprot(_L_PTE_DEFAULT | L_PTE_USER | L_PTE_WRITE)
|
||||
#define __PAGE_SHARED_EXEC __pgprot(_L_PTE_DEFAULT | L_PTE_USER | L_PTE_WRITE | L_PTE_EXEC)
|
||||
#define __PAGE_COPY __pgprot(_L_PTE_DEFAULT | L_PTE_USER)
|
||||
#define __PAGE_COPY_EXEC __pgprot(_L_PTE_DEFAULT | L_PTE_USER | L_PTE_EXEC)
|
||||
#define __PAGE_READONLY __pgprot(_L_PTE_DEFAULT | L_PTE_USER)
|
||||
#define __PAGE_READONLY_EXEC __pgprot(_L_PTE_DEFAULT | L_PTE_USER | L_PTE_EXEC)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __ASSEMBLY__ */
|
||||
|
||||
@ -212,19 +235,19 @@ extern pgprot_t pgprot_kernel;
|
||||
#define __P001 __PAGE_READONLY
|
||||
#define __P010 __PAGE_COPY
|
||||
#define __P011 __PAGE_COPY
|
||||
#define __P100 __PAGE_READONLY
|
||||
#define __P101 __PAGE_READONLY
|
||||
#define __P110 __PAGE_COPY
|
||||
#define __P111 __PAGE_COPY
|
||||
#define __P100 __PAGE_READONLY_EXEC
|
||||
#define __P101 __PAGE_READONLY_EXEC
|
||||
#define __P110 __PAGE_COPY_EXEC
|
||||
#define __P111 __PAGE_COPY_EXEC
|
||||
|
||||
#define __S000 __PAGE_NONE
|
||||
#define __S001 __PAGE_READONLY
|
||||
#define __S010 __PAGE_SHARED
|
||||
#define __S011 __PAGE_SHARED
|
||||
#define __S100 __PAGE_READONLY
|
||||
#define __S101 __PAGE_READONLY
|
||||
#define __S110 __PAGE_SHARED
|
||||
#define __S111 __PAGE_SHARED
|
||||
#define __S100 __PAGE_READONLY_EXEC
|
||||
#define __S101 __PAGE_READONLY_EXEC
|
||||
#define __S110 __PAGE_SHARED_EXEC
|
||||
#define __S111 __PAGE_SHARED_EXEC
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@ -286,8 +309,10 @@ static inline pte_t pte_mkspecial(pte_t pte) { return pte; }
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Mark the prot value as uncacheable and unbufferable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define pgprot_noncached(prot) __pgprot(pgprot_val(prot) & ~(L_PTE_CACHEABLE | L_PTE_BUFFERABLE))
|
||||
#define pgprot_writecombine(prot) __pgprot(pgprot_val(prot) & ~L_PTE_CACHEABLE)
|
||||
#define pgprot_noncached(prot) \
|
||||
__pgprot((pgprot_val(prot) & ~L_PTE_MT_MASK) | L_PTE_MT_UNCACHED)
|
||||
#define pgprot_writecombine(prot) \
|
||||
__pgprot((pgprot_val(prot) & ~L_PTE_MT_MASK) | L_PTE_MT_BUFFERABLE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define pmd_none(pmd) (!pmd_val(pmd))
|
||||
#define pmd_present(pmd) (pmd_val(pmd))
|
||||
@ -319,11 +344,6 @@ static inline pte_t *pmd_page_vaddr(pmd_t pmd)
|
||||
|
||||
#define pmd_page(pmd) virt_to_page(__va(pmd_val(pmd)))
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Permanent address of a page. We never have highmem, so this is trivial.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define pages_to_mb(x) ((x) >> (20 - PAGE_SHIFT))
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Conversion functions: convert a page and protection to a page entry,
|
||||
* and a page entry and page directory to the page they refer to.
|
||||
|
@ -54,7 +54,6 @@
|
||||
#define PSR_C_BIT 0x20000000
|
||||
#define PSR_Z_BIT 0x40000000
|
||||
#define PSR_N_BIT 0x80000000
|
||||
#define PCMASK 0
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Groups of PSR bits
|
||||
@ -139,11 +138,7 @@ static inline int valid_user_regs(struct pt_regs *regs)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define pc_pointer(v) \
|
||||
((v) & ~PCMASK)
|
||||
|
||||
#define instruction_pointer(regs) \
|
||||
(pc_pointer((regs)->ARM_pc))
|
||||
#define instruction_pointer(regs) (regs)->ARM_pc
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
|
||||
extern unsigned long profile_pc(struct pt_regs *regs);
|
||||
|
@ -209,6 +209,17 @@ struct meminfo {
|
||||
struct membank bank[NR_BANKS];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define for_each_nodebank(iter,mi,no) \
|
||||
for (iter = 0; iter < mi->nr_banks; iter++) \
|
||||
if (mi->bank[iter].node == no)
|
||||
|
||||
#define bank_pfn_start(bank) __phys_to_pfn((bank)->start)
|
||||
#define bank_pfn_end(bank) __phys_to_pfn((bank)->start + (bank)->size)
|
||||
#define bank_pfn_size(bank) ((bank)->size >> PAGE_SHIFT)
|
||||
#define bank_phys_start(bank) (bank)->start
|
||||
#define bank_phys_end(bank) ((bank)->start + (bank)->size)
|
||||
#define bank_phys_size(bank) (bank)->size
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Early command line parameters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -3,8 +3,22 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm/memory.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX_PHYSADDR_BITS 32
|
||||
#define MAX_PHYSMEM_BITS 32
|
||||
#define SECTION_SIZE_BITS NODE_MEM_SIZE_BITS
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Two definitions are required for sparsemem:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* MAX_PHYSMEM_BITS: The number of physical address bits required
|
||||
* to address the last byte of memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SECTION_SIZE_BITS: The number of physical address bits to cover
|
||||
* the maximum amount of memory in a section.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Eg, if you have 2 banks of up to 64MB at 0x80000000, 0x84000000,
|
||||
* then MAX_PHYSMEM_BITS is 32, SECTION_SIZE_BITS is 26.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define these in your mach/memory.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !defined(SECTION_SIZE_BITS) || !defined(MAX_PHYSMEM_BITS)
|
||||
#error Sparsemem is not supported on this platform
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -43,11 +43,6 @@
|
||||
#define CR_XP (1 << 23) /* Extended page tables */
|
||||
#define CR_VE (1 << 24) /* Vectored interrupts */
|
||||
|
||||
#define CPUID_ID 0
|
||||
#define CPUID_CACHETYPE 1
|
||||
#define CPUID_TCM 2
|
||||
#define CPUID_TLBTYPE 3
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This is used to ensure the compiler did actually allocate the register we
|
||||
* asked it for some inline assembly sequences. Apparently we can't trust
|
||||
@ -61,36 +56,8 @@
|
||||
#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/linkage.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/stringify.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/irqflags.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_CPU_CP15
|
||||
#define read_cpuid(reg) \
|
||||
({ \
|
||||
unsigned int __val; \
|
||||
asm("mrc p15, 0, %0, c0, c0, " __stringify(reg) \
|
||||
: "=r" (__val) \
|
||||
: \
|
||||
: "cc"); \
|
||||
__val; \
|
||||
})
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern unsigned int processor_id;
|
||||
#define read_cpuid(reg) (processor_id)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The CPU ID never changes at run time, so we might as well tell the
|
||||
* compiler that it's constant. Use this function to read the CPU ID
|
||||
* rather than directly reading processor_id or read_cpuid() directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline unsigned int read_cpuid_id(void) __attribute_const__;
|
||||
|
||||
static inline unsigned int read_cpuid_id(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return read_cpuid(CPUID_ID);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define __exception __attribute__((section(".exception.text")))
|
||||
|
||||
struct thread_info;
|
||||
@ -131,31 +98,6 @@ extern void cpu_init(void);
|
||||
void arm_machine_restart(char mode);
|
||||
extern void (*arm_pm_restart)(char str);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Intel's XScale3 core supports some v6 features (supersections, L2)
|
||||
* but advertises itself as v5 as it does not support the v6 ISA. For
|
||||
* this reason, we need a way to explicitly test for this type of CPU.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIG_CPU_XSC3
|
||||
#define cpu_is_xsc3() 0
|
||||
#else
|
||||
static inline int cpu_is_xsc3(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
extern unsigned int processor_id;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((processor_id & 0xffffe000) == 0x69056000)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(CONFIG_CPU_XSCALE) && !defined(CONFIG_CPU_XSC3)
|
||||
#define cpu_is_xscale() 0
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define cpu_is_xscale() 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define UDBG_UNDEFINED (1 << 0)
|
||||
#define UDBG_SYSCALL (1 << 1)
|
||||
#define UDBG_BADABORT (1 << 2)
|
||||
|
@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ static inline struct thread_info *current_thread_info(void)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define thread_saved_pc(tsk) \
|
||||
((unsigned long)(pc_pointer(task_thread_info(tsk)->cpu_context.pc)))
|
||||
((unsigned long)(task_thread_info(tsk)->cpu_context.pc))
|
||||
#define thread_saved_fp(tsk) \
|
||||
((unsigned long)(task_thread_info(tsk)->cpu_context.fp))
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ do { \
|
||||
|
||||
#define __get_user_asm_byte(x,addr,err) \
|
||||
__asm__ __volatile__( \
|
||||
"1: ldrbt %1,[%2],#0\n" \
|
||||
"1: ldrbt %1,[%2]\n" \
|
||||
"2:\n" \
|
||||
" .section .fixup,\"ax\"\n" \
|
||||
" .align 2\n" \
|
||||
@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ do { \
|
||||
|
||||
#define __get_user_asm_word(x,addr,err) \
|
||||
__asm__ __volatile__( \
|
||||
"1: ldrt %1,[%2],#0\n" \
|
||||
"1: ldrt %1,[%2]\n" \
|
||||
"2:\n" \
|
||||
" .section .fixup,\"ax\"\n" \
|
||||
" .align 2\n" \
|
||||
@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ do { \
|
||||
|
||||
#define __put_user_asm_byte(x,__pu_addr,err) \
|
||||
__asm__ __volatile__( \
|
||||
"1: strbt %1,[%2],#0\n" \
|
||||
"1: strbt %1,[%2]\n" \
|
||||
"2:\n" \
|
||||
" .section .fixup,\"ax\"\n" \
|
||||
" .align 2\n" \
|
||||
@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ do { \
|
||||
|
||||
#define __put_user_asm_word(x,__pu_addr,err) \
|
||||
__asm__ __volatile__( \
|
||||
"1: strt %1,[%2],#0\n" \
|
||||
"1: strt %1,[%2]\n" \
|
||||
"2:\n" \
|
||||
" .section .fixup,\"ax\"\n" \
|
||||
" .align 2\n" \
|
||||
@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ do { \
|
||||
#define __put_user_asm_dword(x,__pu_addr,err) \
|
||||
__asm__ __volatile__( \
|
||||
"1: strt " __reg_oper1 ", [%1], #4\n" \
|
||||
"2: strt " __reg_oper0 ", [%1], #0\n" \
|
||||
"2: strt " __reg_oper0 ", [%1]\n" \
|
||||
"3:\n" \
|
||||
" .section .fixup,\"ax\"\n" \
|
||||
" .align 2\n" \
|
||||
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||
#ifndef ASMARM_VGA_H
|
||||
#define ASMARM_VGA_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/io.h>
|
||||
#include <mach/hardware.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define VGA_MAP_MEM(x,s) (PCIMEM_BASE + (x))
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ endif
|
||||
|
||||
# Object file lists.
|
||||
|
||||
obj-y := compat.o entry-armv.o entry-common.o irq.o \
|
||||
obj-y := compat.o elf.o entry-armv.o entry-common.o irq.o \
|
||||
process.o ptrace.o setup.o signal.o \
|
||||
sys_arm.o stacktrace.o time.o traps.o
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -13,11 +13,11 @@
|
||||
#include <linux/delay.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/in6.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/syscalls.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/uaccess.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm/checksum.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/io.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/system.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/uaccess.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/ftrace.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user